
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=CraigL</id>
	<title>High5Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=CraigL"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/CraigL"/>
	<updated>2026-05-04T19:12:32Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.35.11</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=6000</id>
		<title>Common SQLink Errors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=6000"/>
		<updated>2016-02-09T21:24:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: /* There is no disk in the drive.  Please insert a disk into drive E. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Best Practices for addressing SQLink Errors ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors in the sequence illustrated in the image below starting with Customer errors and ending with Proposal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FixSequence.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 702 ==&lt;br /&gt;
702 - 702: The query request has not been fully completed. There was a required element (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot;) that could not be found in QuickBooks. The element (########-#########) is the QB term for an item; Customer, Vendor, Employee, Inventory, Service, Account, etc...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The string - (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot; - is the QB ID for an item in QB) - means that the item, a customer, invoice, account, service, etc... used to be in QB but it now has a new QB ID or has otherwise been modified in QB. Modifications can include setting the item as inactive, deleting or merging it with another item, etc... To resolve look at all items related to the error and make sure they exist in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s a customer, make sure the customer is active.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an invoice it should re-export creating a new QB ID.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an inventory/service item review them on the invoice and make sure they are all QB items.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Check SQLink defaults and make sure all accounts on the default tabs in SQLink are present and active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Open SQLink&amp;gt; File&amp;gt; Setup&amp;gt; check all tabs and make sure the listed items are active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 805 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 805: The name &amp;quot; XYZ Company &amp;quot; of the list element is already in use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the name - &amp;quot;XYZ Company&amp;quot; - is already in QB on a list. User needs to locate it in QB and add something to the name. QB convention is (V) if on the vendor list, (E), if on the employee list, etc...  If it&amp;#039;s already on the customer list add (SME) and merge it in QB with the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 899: The string &amp;quot;ST. FRANCIS OF ASSISI CATH. CHURCH - VIDEO&amp;quot; in the field &amp;quot;Addr1&amp;quot; is too long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need to shorten the address to less than 40 characters. There are tools available online to help you count characters such as http://www.lettercount.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 -  You cannot pay more than the amount due==&lt;br /&gt;
899: The &amp;quot;AppliedToTxnAdd payment amount&amp;quot; field has an invalid value &amp;quot;3353.98&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: You cannot pay more than the amount due.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when QuickBooks cannot mark an invoice as paid because the invoice balance and the applied amount are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
They payment cannot be applied to the QuickBooks invoice because it has already been paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 808 ==&lt;br /&gt;
SQLink Error 808: Error adding  Customer XYZ 808: There is an invalid reference to a parent &amp;quot;80000004-1207320348&amp;quot; in the Customers list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QuickBooks error message: To change parent or type when the element or its descendants has been used in a transaction, you must switch to single-user mode. &amp;lt;- QuickBooks must be in single user mode.&lt;br /&gt;
This error happens when the billing address is changed on a site customer record in SME. I do not recommend making these changes in SME. This specifically happens when you click the &amp;#039;Select Billing Company&amp;#039; button or uncheck the &amp;#039;Is Billable Flag&amp;#039; on the Billing Address and select a new parent/billing customer. Since QuickBooks has special limitations on moving customers between Parent/Billing companies it is always best to do this in QuickBooks. There are two issue that QuickBooks raises:&lt;br /&gt;
-       QB must be in Single User mode to make the change&lt;br /&gt;
-       If the change cannot be done due to QB rules you will be warned&lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to move customers in QB. One is available from the following video link and one is by dragging the customer to a new parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link to the Video:[[Move QB Customers to Job Sites]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is to place the cursor over the customer and drag it to the new parent. If there are payments, etc.. you will not be able to move the customer. This will also return an error in SQLink since if QB cannot move it then SQLink cannot move it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These issues are why I recommend &amp;#039;only&amp;#039; reassigning  customers in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come up on Invoices as: Invoice ######## skipped - Billing Link ID not initialized. The usual cause is either the site/job or the Billing customer has been set to inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 810 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
810: There was an error when saving a Invoice.  QuickBooks error message: The transaction is empty.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the invoice was a combined invoice and the order on the invoice was removed or deleted. Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can also come up as &amp;#039;The transaction must be positive&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can also come up as &amp;#039;Invoice ##### skipped - voided invoices cannot be exported&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come under PO as: 810: There was an error when saving a Bill.  QuickBooks error message: This transaction action is not allowed for this user. - Probable causes are the user running SQLink does not have permission to modify bills in QuickBooks or the closing date has been set and a QB Admin would need to modify the restriction to export the PO/Bill. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Customer – but can be other types of records as well)  810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot;Customer Name&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This list has been modified by another user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request Processor ==&lt;br /&gt;
851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request PRrocessor on your system. Please make sure that QuickBooks 2002 Pro or higher is installed on your system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and run the installer from the following link. &lt;br /&gt;
QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 201 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding  201: Required field CustomerName not specified.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error 201 can pertain to any Customer, Vendor, Inventory, Service Item, etc.. record where the Name field is blank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To correct:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Go to the module referenced, Customer in the case above&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Do Search All and click on the Name field&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       You will see a blank record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Select the record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Check if the record should be tied to a specific customer. If the record has no information you can safely set it as inactive and delete it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 819 - Error adding XYZ – The object may not be changed==&lt;br /&gt;
This is part of the – ‘Unknown error’ returned from QB – seems sometimes it returns an error # and others it does not. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          If switched to Single user – they may get - XYZ Company – Unknown error returned from QuickBooks… this means QB cannot move the child to a new parent due to history on the child company like payments, invoices, etc.. – (See below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Additional info to above… can also be reported as Error 819&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Error adding XYZ 819 – (The object may not be changed). Error adding XYZ  819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;800009F6-1300911661&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: Unknown Error. The Customer List Element is the QuickBooks UID for the customer you have flagged to move in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          To Resolve: Review QuickBooks for the XYZ company and reset the SME companies to match what they were before the ‘Is Billable’ flag was lifted or the Billing/Parent Company was changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Duplicate Customer ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you see the following error in SQLink, there is a duplicate customer in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer : XYZ is skipped due to duplication&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can follow the following steps to resolve the error or watch the video below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;5EC0ZdD3I7I&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Find which customer record is the duplicate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search Active Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the Grid Column Window, check the following fields: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name, BillName, Address 1, Address 2, City, St, CustID, ParentID, QBExport. Click OK.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#    Arrange the columns the way you want in the search view window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Type a name for the view and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the search view window, sort by &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the customer name SQLink said is a duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow the row to the CustID column. If the column is empty, that is your duplicate customer record. Double click to open the duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click your cursor in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field to edit the customer name. Type (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DUP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) after the customer name. This makes it unique and easy to identify when reassigning orders and invoices for the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now that you found which customer is the duplicate record, check to see if there is any activity for customer you need to reassign&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is an invoice on this tab, double click on it. SME will jump to the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rollback Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go back to the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to check to see if there is a service order assocaited with the &amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot; customer. &lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is a serivce order, double click on it. SME will jump to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click [[File:Magnify.jpg]] to search for the correct customer. In the search window, select the correct customer record, not the &amp;quot;(DUP)&amp;quot; record.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Save the service order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to re-invoice the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow steps 1-9 for install orders and invoices for the install orders.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now the activity associated with the duplicate customer are assigned to the correct customer, delete the duplicate customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to delete the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer Link ID not initialized ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive the following SQLink error, you were trying to sync an invoice to QuickBooks that didn&amp;#039;t have a valid customer in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoice #XXX skipped - Customer link ID not initialized&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually caused by duplicate customer records in SME. Click here to watch a video on how to resolve the duplicate customer on an invoice and sync the invoice properly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;5EC0ZdD3I7I&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the video, when the service order was re-invoiced, we let SME assign a new invoice number. If you need to retain the original invoice number, instead of clicking Action&amp;gt; Generate Invoice on the order, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Write down the order number that needs to be re-invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
*    Go to the correct customer record (not the DUP customer).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click Actions&amp;gt; New Combined Invoice. SME will jump to the new invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
*    On the Details and Settings tab, locate the Invoice # field. Click [[File:browse.jpg]] to enter the invoice number you want to use. (If you don’t see this icon, you need to add the permission to initialize numbers to your user group settings)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InvoiceNumberField.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to select the order you need to invoice (the invoice number you wrote down in the first step above).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error Connecting to QuickBooks ==&lt;br /&gt;
When syncing SME to QuickBooks, if you receive the message &amp;quot;Error Connecting to QuickBooks&amp;quot;, you are logging into QuickBooks with a path that is different than that refereced by SQLink. This typically happens if you open QuickBooks on a client and try to sync when the initial sync was established on the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To run SQLink on client machines, you will need to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    From the client computer, browse to the sme5 executable folder and locate the SQLink Documentation folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Run the QBFC7_0Installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, SQLink and QuickBooks must reference the same path to access the QuickBooks company file. to check this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Open QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;F2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Product Information window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File Information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section and make note of the path in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Launch SQLink.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Link Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick Books Company File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.  The path in this field must be the same as the path noted in QuickBooks (step 3 above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List Element Error ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When running SQLink with QuickBooks the following message is returned in the SQLink Log:&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Item Name*) 819: There was an error when modifying a (can be any type of name) list, element** &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* An item in QB can be a customer name, vendor name, inventory item, etc…&lt;br /&gt;
** Element “#######-#########” is the QuickBooks unique identifier&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Basically either the ‘Name’ or the ‘Element’ is on a list in QuickBooks and therefore the item that SME is exporting will be rejected by QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For example:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both ListID and the Name are unique keys in QuickBooks. And you modified a customer which prompts to export that Customer with the ListID that matches an existing ListID in QB and the Item Name from another record or the Item Name matches, a more likely scenario, and the ListID is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This produces the &amp;quot;Cannot merge list elements&amp;quot; error message back from QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Customer - CustID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Invoice - InvoiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Vendor - VendorID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Inventory - InventoryID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Service Item - ServiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Employee - EmployeeID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Usually for all SME modules there will be an item/column with &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;ID which holds the QB list UID.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To include the QuickBooks ID number in the search window:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. In the search window, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add remove fields&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the window that opens, check the QuickBooks ID field for that module (list above)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Name the field and Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about search views, go to [[Search Window]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Bill10506 &lt;br /&gt;
807: Object &amp;quot;80000016-308248122&amp;quot; specified in the request cannot be found.  QuickBooks error message: Invalid argument.  The specified record does not exist in the list.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The numbers “80000016-308248122” are referring to an inventory item that QB says no longer exists in QB. It may be inactive, deleted, or related to the inactive parent. You can research it as noted above and shown below in the screenshot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryID_SearchView.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To resolve this issue:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.    Examine the SQLink log: Look at the error:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Error adding Customer A 819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.    In QuickBooks, locate and edit the name of the vendor/customer:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Job List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vendor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; List, or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item List, etc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;… as needs may require.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Locate and double-click the name noted in the SQLink Log.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Place a 1 at the end of the name and click OK. Leave QuickBooks and this list open.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.    In SQLink do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Data Functions&amp;gt; Export New QuickBooks Data&amp;gt; (List Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. In this case it will be Customers. There should be no error for the specific record and it will export to QuickBooks and sit right next to the QuickBooks Record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.    In QuickBooks, merge the edited name with the name that has been created by the SQLink:&lt;br /&gt;
*        In the open list in QuickBooks, double-click the name to which you added a 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Remove the 1 from the name and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*        When asked if you would like to merge the names, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Yes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.       Do this for all items that have the issue from the SME log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error - QBFC Not Found ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QBFC_Not_Found.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The QBFC program is local to the logged on user. Download and run the installer from the following link.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink stops processing in the middle of a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
If SQLink stops processing in the middle of your sync, you can look at the log file and find out what item is holding up the sync or if there is an error connecting to QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Right click on your SQLink shortcut and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;open file location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Log&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Sort by modified date and locate the file modified last, it will probably be a sqlink file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Right click, not double click, on the file and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Scroll to the bottom of the file and you will see the item that is holding up the sync. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==QB Invoice number has changed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Processing 10 of 110 Invoices (Ref #405-I)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QB Invoice number has changed : QB = 405-I SMP = 405&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice numbers in SME are numeric only. Invoice numbers in QuickBooks are strings so they can have numbers and letters. When the invoice from QB syncs to SME, the letters will be taken out of the invoice number in SME. Your invoice number in QB isn&amp;#039;t changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error adding customer XYZ 810: There was an error when saving a customers list, element ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Custer XYZ   810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot; Custer XYZ&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This customer already has job information. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To add a new job, the customer&amp;#039;s current job information must be moved into its own job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding (X) Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) invoices (#12345)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Retrieve the Invoice and get the customer name. Check the name in both SME and QuickBooks and set the customer as active to export an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding Purchase Orders to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) Purchase Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The ‘Export To QuickBooks’ flag is set when there are no received items to export. There are two flags, QB Bill Export and QB PO Export. Uncheck the flag as it will get set if items are received on the PO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Payment not distributed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Payment not distributed means that there is no invoice associated with the payment. For a payment to export from SME to QB it has to have an invoice attached. I would do the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Delete the payment from the Payments module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2) Go to Receivables &amp;gt; Invoicing and go to the invoice&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3) Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Payments&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and enter the payment&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way you are assured that it is attached to an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the invoice in QB you can also apply the payment in QB and it will sync back to SME and close the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== There is no disk in the drive.  Please insert a disk into drive E. ==&lt;br /&gt;
This happens when USB devises are removed without first ejecting the media. This can happen either from USB or DVD/CD devises. You may also need to put a readable DVD or CD in your removable drives. You can Download the following files for 64 and 32 bit machines:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;64 bit:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;link: [http://high5software.com\downloads\tools\usbtools\usbdeview-x64.zip 64-bit]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;32 bit:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;link: [http://high5software.com\downloads\tools\usbtools\usbdeview.zip 32-bit]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prevent the error from happening in the future:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Download, extract, and right click on USBDeview.exe and click &amp;#039;Run as Administrator&amp;#039;.  If you get the following warning during this procedure you did not do that:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBadmin.jpg]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Sort by &amp;#039;Safe to Unplug&amp;#039; by clicking on the top Header:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBunplug.jpg]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. then Select all that are safe to unplug and NOT Connected and click on the RED X in the top left corner:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBdissconnect.jpg]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. This should clear up the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;More info on the topic:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;http://ccrqblog.ccrsoftware.info/2010/02/stopping-the-windows-no-disk-error/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For more dire cases do the following:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Right click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;My Computer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Manage&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Device Manager&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Disk Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Count how many &amp;quot;Drives&amp;quot; that your computer is currently using.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. When the Error message pops up then count how many &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; On some computers you will see duplicate entries in your device manager. You will need to Disable the duplicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:DuplicateDiscs.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== QuickBooks warning 550 ==&lt;br /&gt;
999: Unrecognized QuickBooks warning: 550: The Customers object was saved successfully, but its corresponding Notes record could not be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a warning / bug from QuickBooks which High5 can&amp;#039;t do anything about. The record should be updated with the sync, but to stop getting the error you must go to the record in QuickBooks and enter any character in the Notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 511 - QBRequestID has been used previously for another request ==&lt;br /&gt;
This message is from QuickBooks. Usually closing and reopening QB will clear the message and reset the request processor. We&amp;#039;ve noticed that the QB ID generator sometimes gets stuck, and when it does, this is the outcome. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Error511_QBRequestID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To resolve, close QuickBooks and reopen. This should reset the QuickBooks ID generation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;May have to re-check Export Invoice to QB and Bill or PO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=5999</id>
		<title>Common SQLink Errors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=5999"/>
		<updated>2016-02-09T21:22:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: /* There is no disk in the drive.  Please insert a disk into drive E. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Best Practices for addressing SQLink Errors ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors in the sequence illustrated in the image below starting with Customer errors and ending with Proposal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FixSequence.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 702 ==&lt;br /&gt;
702 - 702: The query request has not been fully completed. There was a required element (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot;) that could not be found in QuickBooks. The element (########-#########) is the QB term for an item; Customer, Vendor, Employee, Inventory, Service, Account, etc...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The string - (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot; - is the QB ID for an item in QB) - means that the item, a customer, invoice, account, service, etc... used to be in QB but it now has a new QB ID or has otherwise been modified in QB. Modifications can include setting the item as inactive, deleting or merging it with another item, etc... To resolve look at all items related to the error and make sure they exist in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s a customer, make sure the customer is active.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an invoice it should re-export creating a new QB ID.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an inventory/service item review them on the invoice and make sure they are all QB items.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Check SQLink defaults and make sure all accounts on the default tabs in SQLink are present and active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Open SQLink&amp;gt; File&amp;gt; Setup&amp;gt; check all tabs and make sure the listed items are active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 805 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 805: The name &amp;quot; XYZ Company &amp;quot; of the list element is already in use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the name - &amp;quot;XYZ Company&amp;quot; - is already in QB on a list. User needs to locate it in QB and add something to the name. QB convention is (V) if on the vendor list, (E), if on the employee list, etc...  If it&amp;#039;s already on the customer list add (SME) and merge it in QB with the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 899: The string &amp;quot;ST. FRANCIS OF ASSISI CATH. CHURCH - VIDEO&amp;quot; in the field &amp;quot;Addr1&amp;quot; is too long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need to shorten the address to less than 40 characters. There are tools available online to help you count characters such as http://www.lettercount.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 -  You cannot pay more than the amount due==&lt;br /&gt;
899: The &amp;quot;AppliedToTxnAdd payment amount&amp;quot; field has an invalid value &amp;quot;3353.98&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: You cannot pay more than the amount due.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when QuickBooks cannot mark an invoice as paid because the invoice balance and the applied amount are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
They payment cannot be applied to the QuickBooks invoice because it has already been paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 808 ==&lt;br /&gt;
SQLink Error 808: Error adding  Customer XYZ 808: There is an invalid reference to a parent &amp;quot;80000004-1207320348&amp;quot; in the Customers list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QuickBooks error message: To change parent or type when the element or its descendants has been used in a transaction, you must switch to single-user mode. &amp;lt;- QuickBooks must be in single user mode.&lt;br /&gt;
This error happens when the billing address is changed on a site customer record in SME. I do not recommend making these changes in SME. This specifically happens when you click the &amp;#039;Select Billing Company&amp;#039; button or uncheck the &amp;#039;Is Billable Flag&amp;#039; on the Billing Address and select a new parent/billing customer. Since QuickBooks has special limitations on moving customers between Parent/Billing companies it is always best to do this in QuickBooks. There are two issue that QuickBooks raises:&lt;br /&gt;
-       QB must be in Single User mode to make the change&lt;br /&gt;
-       If the change cannot be done due to QB rules you will be warned&lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to move customers in QB. One is available from the following video link and one is by dragging the customer to a new parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link to the Video:[[Move QB Customers to Job Sites]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is to place the cursor over the customer and drag it to the new parent. If there are payments, etc.. you will not be able to move the customer. This will also return an error in SQLink since if QB cannot move it then SQLink cannot move it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These issues are why I recommend &amp;#039;only&amp;#039; reassigning  customers in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come up on Invoices as: Invoice ######## skipped - Billing Link ID not initialized. The usual cause is either the site/job or the Billing customer has been set to inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 810 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
810: There was an error when saving a Invoice.  QuickBooks error message: The transaction is empty.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the invoice was a combined invoice and the order on the invoice was removed or deleted. Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can also come up as &amp;#039;The transaction must be positive&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can also come up as &amp;#039;Invoice ##### skipped - voided invoices cannot be exported&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come under PO as: 810: There was an error when saving a Bill.  QuickBooks error message: This transaction action is not allowed for this user. - Probable causes are the user running SQLink does not have permission to modify bills in QuickBooks or the closing date has been set and a QB Admin would need to modify the restriction to export the PO/Bill. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Customer – but can be other types of records as well)  810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot;Customer Name&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This list has been modified by another user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request Processor ==&lt;br /&gt;
851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request PRrocessor on your system. Please make sure that QuickBooks 2002 Pro or higher is installed on your system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and run the installer from the following link. &lt;br /&gt;
QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 201 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding  201: Required field CustomerName not specified.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error 201 can pertain to any Customer, Vendor, Inventory, Service Item, etc.. record where the Name field is blank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To correct:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Go to the module referenced, Customer in the case above&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Do Search All and click on the Name field&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       You will see a blank record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Select the record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Check if the record should be tied to a specific customer. If the record has no information you can safely set it as inactive and delete it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 819 - Error adding XYZ – The object may not be changed==&lt;br /&gt;
This is part of the – ‘Unknown error’ returned from QB – seems sometimes it returns an error # and others it does not. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          If switched to Single user – they may get - XYZ Company – Unknown error returned from QuickBooks… this means QB cannot move the child to a new parent due to history on the child company like payments, invoices, etc.. – (See below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Additional info to above… can also be reported as Error 819&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Error adding XYZ 819 – (The object may not be changed). Error adding XYZ  819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;800009F6-1300911661&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: Unknown Error. The Customer List Element is the QuickBooks UID for the customer you have flagged to move in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          To Resolve: Review QuickBooks for the XYZ company and reset the SME companies to match what they were before the ‘Is Billable’ flag was lifted or the Billing/Parent Company was changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Duplicate Customer ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you see the following error in SQLink, there is a duplicate customer in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer : XYZ is skipped due to duplication&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can follow the following steps to resolve the error or watch the video below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;5EC0ZdD3I7I&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Find which customer record is the duplicate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search Active Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the Grid Column Window, check the following fields: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name, BillName, Address 1, Address 2, City, St, CustID, ParentID, QBExport. Click OK.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#    Arrange the columns the way you want in the search view window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Type a name for the view and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the search view window, sort by &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the customer name SQLink said is a duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow the row to the CustID column. If the column is empty, that is your duplicate customer record. Double click to open the duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click your cursor in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field to edit the customer name. Type (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DUP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) after the customer name. This makes it unique and easy to identify when reassigning orders and invoices for the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now that you found which customer is the duplicate record, check to see if there is any activity for customer you need to reassign&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is an invoice on this tab, double click on it. SME will jump to the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rollback Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go back to the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to check to see if there is a service order assocaited with the &amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot; customer. &lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is a serivce order, double click on it. SME will jump to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click [[File:Magnify.jpg]] to search for the correct customer. In the search window, select the correct customer record, not the &amp;quot;(DUP)&amp;quot; record.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Save the service order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to re-invoice the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow steps 1-9 for install orders and invoices for the install orders.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now the activity associated with the duplicate customer are assigned to the correct customer, delete the duplicate customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to delete the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer Link ID not initialized ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive the following SQLink error, you were trying to sync an invoice to QuickBooks that didn&amp;#039;t have a valid customer in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoice #XXX skipped - Customer link ID not initialized&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually caused by duplicate customer records in SME. Click here to watch a video on how to resolve the duplicate customer on an invoice and sync the invoice properly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;5EC0ZdD3I7I&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the video, when the service order was re-invoiced, we let SME assign a new invoice number. If you need to retain the original invoice number, instead of clicking Action&amp;gt; Generate Invoice on the order, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Write down the order number that needs to be re-invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
*    Go to the correct customer record (not the DUP customer).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click Actions&amp;gt; New Combined Invoice. SME will jump to the new invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
*    On the Details and Settings tab, locate the Invoice # field. Click [[File:browse.jpg]] to enter the invoice number you want to use. (If you don’t see this icon, you need to add the permission to initialize numbers to your user group settings)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InvoiceNumberField.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to select the order you need to invoice (the invoice number you wrote down in the first step above).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error Connecting to QuickBooks ==&lt;br /&gt;
When syncing SME to QuickBooks, if you receive the message &amp;quot;Error Connecting to QuickBooks&amp;quot;, you are logging into QuickBooks with a path that is different than that refereced by SQLink. This typically happens if you open QuickBooks on a client and try to sync when the initial sync was established on the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To run SQLink on client machines, you will need to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    From the client computer, browse to the sme5 executable folder and locate the SQLink Documentation folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Run the QBFC7_0Installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, SQLink and QuickBooks must reference the same path to access the QuickBooks company file. to check this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Open QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;F2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Product Information window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File Information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section and make note of the path in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Launch SQLink.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Link Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick Books Company File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.  The path in this field must be the same as the path noted in QuickBooks (step 3 above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List Element Error ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When running SQLink with QuickBooks the following message is returned in the SQLink Log:&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Item Name*) 819: There was an error when modifying a (can be any type of name) list, element** &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* An item in QB can be a customer name, vendor name, inventory item, etc…&lt;br /&gt;
** Element “#######-#########” is the QuickBooks unique identifier&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Basically either the ‘Name’ or the ‘Element’ is on a list in QuickBooks and therefore the item that SME is exporting will be rejected by QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For example:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both ListID and the Name are unique keys in QuickBooks. And you modified a customer which prompts to export that Customer with the ListID that matches an existing ListID in QB and the Item Name from another record or the Item Name matches, a more likely scenario, and the ListID is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This produces the &amp;quot;Cannot merge list elements&amp;quot; error message back from QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Customer - CustID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Invoice - InvoiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Vendor - VendorID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Inventory - InventoryID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Service Item - ServiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Employee - EmployeeID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Usually for all SME modules there will be an item/column with &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;ID which holds the QB list UID.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To include the QuickBooks ID number in the search window:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. In the search window, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add remove fields&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the window that opens, check the QuickBooks ID field for that module (list above)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Name the field and Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about search views, go to [[Search Window]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Bill10506 &lt;br /&gt;
807: Object &amp;quot;80000016-308248122&amp;quot; specified in the request cannot be found.  QuickBooks error message: Invalid argument.  The specified record does not exist in the list.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The numbers “80000016-308248122” are referring to an inventory item that QB says no longer exists in QB. It may be inactive, deleted, or related to the inactive parent. You can research it as noted above and shown below in the screenshot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryID_SearchView.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To resolve this issue:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.    Examine the SQLink log: Look at the error:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Error adding Customer A 819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.    In QuickBooks, locate and edit the name of the vendor/customer:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Job List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vendor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; List, or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item List, etc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;… as needs may require.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Locate and double-click the name noted in the SQLink Log.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Place a 1 at the end of the name and click OK. Leave QuickBooks and this list open.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.    In SQLink do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Data Functions&amp;gt; Export New QuickBooks Data&amp;gt; (List Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. In this case it will be Customers. There should be no error for the specific record and it will export to QuickBooks and sit right next to the QuickBooks Record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.    In QuickBooks, merge the edited name with the name that has been created by the SQLink:&lt;br /&gt;
*        In the open list in QuickBooks, double-click the name to which you added a 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Remove the 1 from the name and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*        When asked if you would like to merge the names, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Yes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.       Do this for all items that have the issue from the SME log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error - QBFC Not Found ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QBFC_Not_Found.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The QBFC program is local to the logged on user. Download and run the installer from the following link.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink stops processing in the middle of a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
If SQLink stops processing in the middle of your sync, you can look at the log file and find out what item is holding up the sync or if there is an error connecting to QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Right click on your SQLink shortcut and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;open file location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Log&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Sort by modified date and locate the file modified last, it will probably be a sqlink file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Right click, not double click, on the file and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Scroll to the bottom of the file and you will see the item that is holding up the sync. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==QB Invoice number has changed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Processing 10 of 110 Invoices (Ref #405-I)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QB Invoice number has changed : QB = 405-I SMP = 405&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice numbers in SME are numeric only. Invoice numbers in QuickBooks are strings so they can have numbers and letters. When the invoice from QB syncs to SME, the letters will be taken out of the invoice number in SME. Your invoice number in QB isn&amp;#039;t changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error adding customer XYZ 810: There was an error when saving a customers list, element ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Custer XYZ   810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot; Custer XYZ&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This customer already has job information. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To add a new job, the customer&amp;#039;s current job information must be moved into its own job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding (X) Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) invoices (#12345)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Retrieve the Invoice and get the customer name. Check the name in both SME and QuickBooks and set the customer as active to export an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding Purchase Orders to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) Purchase Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The ‘Export To QuickBooks’ flag is set when there are no received items to export. There are two flags, QB Bill Export and QB PO Export. Uncheck the flag as it will get set if items are received on the PO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Payment not distributed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Payment not distributed means that there is no invoice associated with the payment. For a payment to export from SME to QB it has to have an invoice attached. I would do the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Delete the payment from the Payments module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2) Go to Receivables &amp;gt; Invoicing and go to the invoice&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3) Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Payments&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and enter the payment&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way you are assured that it is attached to an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the invoice in QB you can also apply the payment in QB and it will sync back to SME and close the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== There is no disk in the drive.  Please insert a disk into drive E. ==&lt;br /&gt;
This happens when USB devises are removed without first ejecting the media. This can happen either from USB or DVD/CD devises. You may also need to put a readable DVD or CD in your removable drives. You can Download the following files for x64 and x86 machines&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;64 bit&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://high5software.com\downloads\tools\usbtools\usbdeview-x64.zip 64-bit]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;32 bit:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[http://high5software.com\downloads\tools\usbtools\usbdeview.zip 32-bit]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prevent the error from happening in the future:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Download, extract, and right click on USBDeview.exe and click &amp;#039;Run as Administrator&amp;#039;.  If you get the following warning during this procedure you did not do that:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBadmin.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Sort by &amp;#039;Safe to Unplug&amp;#039; by clicking on the top Header:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBunplug.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. then Select all that are safe to unplug and NOT Connected and click on the RED X in the top left corner:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBdissconnect.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. This should clear up the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;More info on the topic:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;http://ccrqblog.ccrsoftware.info/2010/02/stopping-the-windows-no-disk-error/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For more dire cases do the following:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Right click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;My Computer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Manage&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Device Manager&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Disk Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Count how many &amp;quot;Drives&amp;quot; that your computer is currently using.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. When the Error message pops up then count how many &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; On some computers you will see duplicate entries in your device manager. You will need to Disable the duplicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:DuplicateDiscs.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== QuickBooks warning 550 ==&lt;br /&gt;
999: Unrecognized QuickBooks warning: 550: The Customers object was saved successfully, but its corresponding Notes record could not be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a warning / bug from QuickBooks which High5 can&amp;#039;t do anything about. The record should be updated with the sync, but to stop getting the error you must go to the record in QuickBooks and enter any character in the Notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 511 - QBRequestID has been used previously for another request ==&lt;br /&gt;
This message is from QuickBooks. Usually closing and reopening QB will clear the message and reset the request processor. We&amp;#039;ve noticed that the QB ID generator sometimes gets stuck, and when it does, this is the outcome. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Error511_QBRequestID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To resolve, close QuickBooks and reopen. This should reset the QuickBooks ID generation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;May have to re-check Export Invoice to QB and Bill or PO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=5998</id>
		<title>Common SQLink Errors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=5998"/>
		<updated>2016-02-09T21:20:02Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: /* There is no disk in the drive.  Please insert a disk into drive E. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Best Practices for addressing SQLink Errors ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors in the sequence illustrated in the image below starting with Customer errors and ending with Proposal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FixSequence.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 702 ==&lt;br /&gt;
702 - 702: The query request has not been fully completed. There was a required element (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot;) that could not be found in QuickBooks. The element (########-#########) is the QB term for an item; Customer, Vendor, Employee, Inventory, Service, Account, etc...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The string - (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot; - is the QB ID for an item in QB) - means that the item, a customer, invoice, account, service, etc... used to be in QB but it now has a new QB ID or has otherwise been modified in QB. Modifications can include setting the item as inactive, deleting or merging it with another item, etc... To resolve look at all items related to the error and make sure they exist in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s a customer, make sure the customer is active.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an invoice it should re-export creating a new QB ID.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an inventory/service item review them on the invoice and make sure they are all QB items.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Check SQLink defaults and make sure all accounts on the default tabs in SQLink are present and active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Open SQLink&amp;gt; File&amp;gt; Setup&amp;gt; check all tabs and make sure the listed items are active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 805 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 805: The name &amp;quot; XYZ Company &amp;quot; of the list element is already in use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the name - &amp;quot;XYZ Company&amp;quot; - is already in QB on a list. User needs to locate it in QB and add something to the name. QB convention is (V) if on the vendor list, (E), if on the employee list, etc...  If it&amp;#039;s already on the customer list add (SME) and merge it in QB with the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 899: The string &amp;quot;ST. FRANCIS OF ASSISI CATH. CHURCH - VIDEO&amp;quot; in the field &amp;quot;Addr1&amp;quot; is too long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need to shorten the address to less than 40 characters. There are tools available online to help you count characters such as http://www.lettercount.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 -  You cannot pay more than the amount due==&lt;br /&gt;
899: The &amp;quot;AppliedToTxnAdd payment amount&amp;quot; field has an invalid value &amp;quot;3353.98&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: You cannot pay more than the amount due.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when QuickBooks cannot mark an invoice as paid because the invoice balance and the applied amount are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
They payment cannot be applied to the QuickBooks invoice because it has already been paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 808 ==&lt;br /&gt;
SQLink Error 808: Error adding  Customer XYZ 808: There is an invalid reference to a parent &amp;quot;80000004-1207320348&amp;quot; in the Customers list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QuickBooks error message: To change parent or type when the element or its descendants has been used in a transaction, you must switch to single-user mode. &amp;lt;- QuickBooks must be in single user mode.&lt;br /&gt;
This error happens when the billing address is changed on a site customer record in SME. I do not recommend making these changes in SME. This specifically happens when you click the &amp;#039;Select Billing Company&amp;#039; button or uncheck the &amp;#039;Is Billable Flag&amp;#039; on the Billing Address and select a new parent/billing customer. Since QuickBooks has special limitations on moving customers between Parent/Billing companies it is always best to do this in QuickBooks. There are two issue that QuickBooks raises:&lt;br /&gt;
-       QB must be in Single User mode to make the change&lt;br /&gt;
-       If the change cannot be done due to QB rules you will be warned&lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to move customers in QB. One is available from the following video link and one is by dragging the customer to a new parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link to the Video:[[Move QB Customers to Job Sites]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is to place the cursor over the customer and drag it to the new parent. If there are payments, etc.. you will not be able to move the customer. This will also return an error in SQLink since if QB cannot move it then SQLink cannot move it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These issues are why I recommend &amp;#039;only&amp;#039; reassigning  customers in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come up on Invoices as: Invoice ######## skipped - Billing Link ID not initialized. The usual cause is either the site/job or the Billing customer has been set to inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 810 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
810: There was an error when saving a Invoice.  QuickBooks error message: The transaction is empty.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the invoice was a combined invoice and the order on the invoice was removed or deleted. Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can also come up as &amp;#039;The transaction must be positive&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can also come up as &amp;#039;Invoice ##### skipped - voided invoices cannot be exported&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come under PO as: 810: There was an error when saving a Bill.  QuickBooks error message: This transaction action is not allowed for this user. - Probable causes are the user running SQLink does not have permission to modify bills in QuickBooks or the closing date has been set and a QB Admin would need to modify the restriction to export the PO/Bill. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Customer – but can be other types of records as well)  810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot;Customer Name&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This list has been modified by another user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request Processor ==&lt;br /&gt;
851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request PRrocessor on your system. Please make sure that QuickBooks 2002 Pro or higher is installed on your system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and run the installer from the following link. &lt;br /&gt;
QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 201 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding  201: Required field CustomerName not specified.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error 201 can pertain to any Customer, Vendor, Inventory, Service Item, etc.. record where the Name field is blank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To correct:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Go to the module referenced, Customer in the case above&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Do Search All and click on the Name field&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       You will see a blank record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Select the record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Check if the record should be tied to a specific customer. If the record has no information you can safely set it as inactive and delete it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 819 - Error adding XYZ – The object may not be changed==&lt;br /&gt;
This is part of the – ‘Unknown error’ returned from QB – seems sometimes it returns an error # and others it does not. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          If switched to Single user – they may get - XYZ Company – Unknown error returned from QuickBooks… this means QB cannot move the child to a new parent due to history on the child company like payments, invoices, etc.. – (See below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Additional info to above… can also be reported as Error 819&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Error adding XYZ 819 – (The object may not be changed). Error adding XYZ  819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;800009F6-1300911661&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: Unknown Error. The Customer List Element is the QuickBooks UID for the customer you have flagged to move in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          To Resolve: Review QuickBooks for the XYZ company and reset the SME companies to match what they were before the ‘Is Billable’ flag was lifted or the Billing/Parent Company was changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Duplicate Customer ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you see the following error in SQLink, there is a duplicate customer in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer : XYZ is skipped due to duplication&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can follow the following steps to resolve the error or watch the video below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;5EC0ZdD3I7I&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Find which customer record is the duplicate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search Active Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the Grid Column Window, check the following fields: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name, BillName, Address 1, Address 2, City, St, CustID, ParentID, QBExport. Click OK.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#    Arrange the columns the way you want in the search view window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Type a name for the view and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the search view window, sort by &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the customer name SQLink said is a duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow the row to the CustID column. If the column is empty, that is your duplicate customer record. Double click to open the duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click your cursor in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field to edit the customer name. Type (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DUP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) after the customer name. This makes it unique and easy to identify when reassigning orders and invoices for the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now that you found which customer is the duplicate record, check to see if there is any activity for customer you need to reassign&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is an invoice on this tab, double click on it. SME will jump to the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rollback Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go back to the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to check to see if there is a service order assocaited with the &amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot; customer. &lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is a serivce order, double click on it. SME will jump to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click [[File:Magnify.jpg]] to search for the correct customer. In the search window, select the correct customer record, not the &amp;quot;(DUP)&amp;quot; record.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Save the service order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to re-invoice the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow steps 1-9 for install orders and invoices for the install orders.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now the activity associated with the duplicate customer are assigned to the correct customer, delete the duplicate customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to delete the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer Link ID not initialized ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive the following SQLink error, you were trying to sync an invoice to QuickBooks that didn&amp;#039;t have a valid customer in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoice #XXX skipped - Customer link ID not initialized&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually caused by duplicate customer records in SME. Click here to watch a video on how to resolve the duplicate customer on an invoice and sync the invoice properly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;5EC0ZdD3I7I&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the video, when the service order was re-invoiced, we let SME assign a new invoice number. If you need to retain the original invoice number, instead of clicking Action&amp;gt; Generate Invoice on the order, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Write down the order number that needs to be re-invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
*    Go to the correct customer record (not the DUP customer).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click Actions&amp;gt; New Combined Invoice. SME will jump to the new invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
*    On the Details and Settings tab, locate the Invoice # field. Click [[File:browse.jpg]] to enter the invoice number you want to use. (If you don’t see this icon, you need to add the permission to initialize numbers to your user group settings)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InvoiceNumberField.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to select the order you need to invoice (the invoice number you wrote down in the first step above).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error Connecting to QuickBooks ==&lt;br /&gt;
When syncing SME to QuickBooks, if you receive the message &amp;quot;Error Connecting to QuickBooks&amp;quot;, you are logging into QuickBooks with a path that is different than that refereced by SQLink. This typically happens if you open QuickBooks on a client and try to sync when the initial sync was established on the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To run SQLink on client machines, you will need to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    From the client computer, browse to the sme5 executable folder and locate the SQLink Documentation folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Run the QBFC7_0Installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, SQLink and QuickBooks must reference the same path to access the QuickBooks company file. to check this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Open QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;F2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Product Information window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File Information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section and make note of the path in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Launch SQLink.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Link Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick Books Company File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.  The path in this field must be the same as the path noted in QuickBooks (step 3 above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List Element Error ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When running SQLink with QuickBooks the following message is returned in the SQLink Log:&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Item Name*) 819: There was an error when modifying a (can be any type of name) list, element** &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* An item in QB can be a customer name, vendor name, inventory item, etc…&lt;br /&gt;
** Element “#######-#########” is the QuickBooks unique identifier&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Basically either the ‘Name’ or the ‘Element’ is on a list in QuickBooks and therefore the item that SME is exporting will be rejected by QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For example:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both ListID and the Name are unique keys in QuickBooks. And you modified a customer which prompts to export that Customer with the ListID that matches an existing ListID in QB and the Item Name from another record or the Item Name matches, a more likely scenario, and the ListID is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This produces the &amp;quot;Cannot merge list elements&amp;quot; error message back from QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Customer - CustID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Invoice - InvoiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Vendor - VendorID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Inventory - InventoryID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Service Item - ServiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Employee - EmployeeID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Usually for all SME modules there will be an item/column with &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;ID which holds the QB list UID.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To include the QuickBooks ID number in the search window:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. In the search window, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add remove fields&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the window that opens, check the QuickBooks ID field for that module (list above)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Name the field and Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about search views, go to [[Search Window]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Bill10506 &lt;br /&gt;
807: Object &amp;quot;80000016-308248122&amp;quot; specified in the request cannot be found.  QuickBooks error message: Invalid argument.  The specified record does not exist in the list.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The numbers “80000016-308248122” are referring to an inventory item that QB says no longer exists in QB. It may be inactive, deleted, or related to the inactive parent. You can research it as noted above and shown below in the screenshot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryID_SearchView.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To resolve this issue:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.    Examine the SQLink log: Look at the error:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Error adding Customer A 819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.    In QuickBooks, locate and edit the name of the vendor/customer:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Job List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vendor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; List, or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item List, etc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;… as needs may require.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Locate and double-click the name noted in the SQLink Log.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Place a 1 at the end of the name and click OK. Leave QuickBooks and this list open.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.    In SQLink do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Data Functions&amp;gt; Export New QuickBooks Data&amp;gt; (List Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. In this case it will be Customers. There should be no error for the specific record and it will export to QuickBooks and sit right next to the QuickBooks Record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.    In QuickBooks, merge the edited name with the name that has been created by the SQLink:&lt;br /&gt;
*        In the open list in QuickBooks, double-click the name to which you added a 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Remove the 1 from the name and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*        When asked if you would like to merge the names, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Yes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.       Do this for all items that have the issue from the SME log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error - QBFC Not Found ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QBFC_Not_Found.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The QBFC program is local to the logged on user. Download and run the installer from the following link.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink stops processing in the middle of a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
If SQLink stops processing in the middle of your sync, you can look at the log file and find out what item is holding up the sync or if there is an error connecting to QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Right click on your SQLink shortcut and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;open file location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Log&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Sort by modified date and locate the file modified last, it will probably be a sqlink file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Right click, not double click, on the file and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Scroll to the bottom of the file and you will see the item that is holding up the sync. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==QB Invoice number has changed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Processing 10 of 110 Invoices (Ref #405-I)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QB Invoice number has changed : QB = 405-I SMP = 405&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice numbers in SME are numeric only. Invoice numbers in QuickBooks are strings so they can have numbers and letters. When the invoice from QB syncs to SME, the letters will be taken out of the invoice number in SME. Your invoice number in QB isn&amp;#039;t changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error adding customer XYZ 810: There was an error when saving a customers list, element ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Custer XYZ   810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot; Custer XYZ&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This customer already has job information. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To add a new job, the customer&amp;#039;s current job information must be moved into its own job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding (X) Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) invoices (#12345)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Retrieve the Invoice and get the customer name. Check the name in both SME and QuickBooks and set the customer as active to export an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding Purchase Orders to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) Purchase Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The ‘Export To QuickBooks’ flag is set when there are no received items to export. There are two flags, QB Bill Export and QB PO Export. Uncheck the flag as it will get set if items are received on the PO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Payment not distributed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Payment not distributed means that there is no invoice associated with the payment. For a payment to export from SME to QB it has to have an invoice attached. I would do the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Delete the payment from the Payments module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2) Go to Receivables &amp;gt; Invoicing and go to the invoice&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3) Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Payments&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and enter the payment&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way you are assured that it is attached to an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the invoice in QB you can also apply the payment in QB and it will sync back to SME and close the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== There is no disk in the drive.  Please insert a disk into drive E. ==&lt;br /&gt;
This happens when USB devises are removed without first ejecting the media. This can happen either from USB or DVD/CD devises. You may also need to put a readable DVD or CD in your removable drives. You can Download the following files for x64 and x86 machines{&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;64 bit&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;high5software.com\downloads\tools\usbtools\usbdeview-x64.zip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;32 bit:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;high5software.com\downloads\tools\usbtools\usbdeview.zip&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prevent the error from happening in the future:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Download, extract, and right click on USBDeview.exe and click &amp;#039;Run as Administrator&amp;#039;.  If you get the following warning during this procedure you did not do that:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBadmin.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Sort by &amp;#039;Safe to Unplug&amp;#039; by clicking on the top Header:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBunplug.jpg.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. then Select all that are safe to unplug and NOT Connected and click on the RED X in the top left corner:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:USBdissconnect.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. This should clear up the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;More info on the topic:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;http://ccrqblog.ccrsoftware.info/2010/02/stopping-the-windows-no-disk-error/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For more dire cases do the following:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Right click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;My Computer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Manage&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Device Manager&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Disk Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Count how many &amp;quot;Drives&amp;quot; that your computer is currently using.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. When the Error message pops up then count how many &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; On some computers you will see duplicate entries in your device manager. You will need to Disable the duplicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:DuplicateDiscs.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== QuickBooks warning 550 ==&lt;br /&gt;
999: Unrecognized QuickBooks warning: 550: The Customers object was saved successfully, but its corresponding Notes record could not be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a warning / bug from QuickBooks which High5 can&amp;#039;t do anything about. The record should be updated with the sync, but to stop getting the error you must go to the record in QuickBooks and enter any character in the Notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 511 - QBRequestID has been used previously for another request ==&lt;br /&gt;
This message is from QuickBooks. Usually closing and reopening QB will clear the message and reset the request processor. We&amp;#039;ve noticed that the QB ID generator sometimes gets stuck, and when it does, this is the outcome. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Error511_QBRequestID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To resolve, close QuickBooks and reopen. This should reset the QuickBooks ID generation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;May have to re-check Export Invoice to QB and Bill or PO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:USBunplug.jpg&amp;diff=5997</id>
		<title>File:USBunplug.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:USBunplug.jpg&amp;diff=5997"/>
		<updated>2016-02-09T21:12:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:USBdissconnect.jpg&amp;diff=5996</id>
		<title>File:USBdissconnect.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:USBdissconnect.jpg&amp;diff=5996"/>
		<updated>2016-02-09T21:12:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:USBadmin.jpg&amp;diff=5995</id>
		<title>File:USBadmin.jpg</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:USBadmin.jpg&amp;diff=5995"/>
		<updated>2016-02-09T21:12:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Email_Settings&amp;diff=5994</id>
		<title>Email Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Email_Settings&amp;diff=5994"/>
		<updated>2016-01-28T22:26:07Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;To setup your email account, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; at the top of SME. Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Administrator (Admin account) requires a working SMTP outgoing email to publish dispatch to tech calendars and for outgoing emails from order status changes (automated outgoing email).  It&amp;#039;s important to verify that the admin outgoing email is setup properly by logging in as admin and set email to SMTP and test sending out a report (for example email out a service order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a user setting and will be done on each SME users login. Here you can decide if emails sent from SME go out through Outlook or another email client, or if they go out through SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:EmailPreferences.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Log into SME as the User you need to setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       In the Current User Preferences, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and fill out the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Check SMTP if you are sending email directly through SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Check MAPI and when sending email from SME your email client such as Outlook will open and the email will be send from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If checking SMTP:&lt;br /&gt;
*       Outgoing Email Server – Type your SMTP server or Exchange Server Name.  Gmail is smtp.gmail.com.&lt;br /&gt;
*      Email login name User Name – Type your email or Exchange User Name&lt;br /&gt;
*       Proper Name – Type your users full name.&lt;br /&gt;
*      Email Address&lt;br /&gt;
*      Password - Your email password, get this from your IT group if you do not know.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Port – leave blank if the port is standard&lt;br /&gt;
** Port 587 used for gmail and Outlook 365&lt;br /&gt;
* Encryption - Set the encryption as specified by your email provider&lt;br /&gt;
** None:  No encryption&lt;br /&gt;
** SSL v2, v2.3. v3&lt;br /&gt;
** TLS:  Used by gmail and outlook 365&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Some email servers may block emails coming from SME.  Work with your IT group or email provider if emails are not going out through SMTP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you are using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Gmail&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, entering : smtp.gmail.com - In the ‘Host’ field and ‘Tabbing’ out will set the Port &amp;amp; Encryption for Gmail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;If you cannot email from SME make sure you have this setting in your Gmail Account set:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sign into Google Account&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to this link: https://myaccount.google.com/security&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure the following is set to on, located near bottom of page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lessSecureApps.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;IF UPDATING SME AND GMAIL IS USED FOLLOW THESE FOLLOWING STEPS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;When emailing from SME through Gmail you will need to authorize SME in Gmail. You will also need to be logged into both SME and Gmail before you can email. If you encounter errors with login credentials, you’ll need to log out of both SME, and Gmail and log back in before attempting to email. This is an Admin setting and an individual Gmail account setting.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Gmail – Authorizing less secure apps:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Log out of SME and Gmail&lt;br /&gt;
*         Log back into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*          Make Gmail settings changes&lt;br /&gt;
*          Log back into Gmail &amp;amp; SME&lt;br /&gt;
This is both a user level setting as well as a admin setting.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For users:&lt;br /&gt;
https://myaccount.google.com/security?utm_source=OGB&amp;amp;pli=1#activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Scroll to the bottom and turn on access less secure apps:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lessSecureApps.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the Admin setting:&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:gmailLessSecureApp.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== If you are using Outlook, you can do the following to look up your email account information: ==&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Admin email should use SMTP not MAPI to support publish dispatch and automated outgoing email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In Outlook, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Choose your account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:EmailAccounts.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see your outgoing email server, username&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To get your ports click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Outlook_InternetEmailSettings.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Match these settings in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InternetEmailSEttings_AdvancedTab.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Email_Settings&amp;diff=5993</id>
		<title>Email Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Email_Settings&amp;diff=5993"/>
		<updated>2016-01-28T22:25:03Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;To setup your email account, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; at the top of SME. Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Administrator (Admin account) requires a working SMTP outgoing email to publish dispatch to tech calendars and for outgoing emails from order status changes (automated outgoing email).  It&amp;#039;s important to verify that the admin outgoing email is setup properly by logging in as admin and set email to SMTP and test sending out a report (for example email out a service order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a user setting and will be done on each SME users login. Here you can decide if emails sent from SME go out through Outlook or another email client, or if they go out through SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:EmailPreferences.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Log into SME as the User you need to setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       In the Current User Preferences, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and fill out the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Check SMTP if you are sending email directly through SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Check MAPI and when sending email from SME your email client such as Outlook will open and the email will be send from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If checking SMTP:&lt;br /&gt;
*       Outgoing Email Server – Type your SMTP server or Exchange Server Name.  Gmail is smtp.gmail.com.&lt;br /&gt;
*      Email login name User Name – Type your email or Exchange User Name&lt;br /&gt;
*       Proper Name – Type your users full name.&lt;br /&gt;
*      Email Address&lt;br /&gt;
*      Password - Your email password, get this from your IT group if you do not know.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Port – leave blank if the port is standard&lt;br /&gt;
** Port 587 used for gmail and Outlook 365&lt;br /&gt;
* Encryption - Set the encryption as specified by your email provider&lt;br /&gt;
** None:  No encryption&lt;br /&gt;
** SSL v2, v2.3. v3&lt;br /&gt;
** TLS:  Used by gmail and outlook 365&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Some email servers may block emails coming from SME.  Work with your IT group or email provider if emails are not going out through SMTP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you are using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Gmail&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, entering : smtp.gmail.com - In the ‘Host’ field and ‘Tabbing’ out will set the Port &amp;amp; Encryption for Gmail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;If you cannot email from SME make sure you have this setting in your Gmail Account set:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sign into Google Account&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to this link: https://myaccount.google.com/security&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure the following is set to on, located near bottom of page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lessSecureApps.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;IF UPDATING SME AND GMAIL IS USED FOLLOW THESE FOLLOWING STEPS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;When emailing from SME through Gmail you will need to authorize SME in Gmail. You will also need to be logged into both SME and Gmail before you can email. If you encounter errors with login credentials, you’ll need to log out of both SME, and Gmail and log back in before attempting to email. This is an Admin setting and an individual Gmail account setting.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Gmail – Authorizing less secure apps:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Log out of SME and Gmail&lt;br /&gt;
*         Log back into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*          Make Gmail settings changes&lt;br /&gt;
*          Log back into Gmail &amp;amp; SME&lt;br /&gt;
This is both a user level setting as well as a admin setting.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For users:&lt;br /&gt;
https://myaccount.google.com/security?utm_source=OGB&amp;amp;pli=1#activity&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Scroll to the bottom and turn on access less secure apps:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lessSecureApps.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the Admin setting:&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[gmailLessSecureApp.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== If you are using Outlook, you can do the following to look up your email account information: ==&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Admin email should use SMTP not MAPI to support publish dispatch and automated outgoing email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In Outlook, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Choose your account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:EmailAccounts.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see your outgoing email server, username&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To get your ports click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Outlook_InternetEmailSettings.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Match these settings in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InternetEmailSEttings_AdvancedTab.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Email_Settings&amp;diff=5992</id>
		<title>Email Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Email_Settings&amp;diff=5992"/>
		<updated>2016-01-28T22:23:21Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: Added after update gmail settings&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;To setup your email account, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; at the top of SME. Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Administrator (Admin account) requires a working SMTP outgoing email to publish dispatch to tech calendars and for outgoing emails from order status changes (automated outgoing email).  It&amp;#039;s important to verify that the admin outgoing email is setup properly by logging in as admin and set email to SMTP and test sending out a report (for example email out a service order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a user setting and will be done on each SME users login. Here you can decide if emails sent from SME go out through Outlook or another email client, or if they go out through SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:EmailPreferences.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Log into SME as the User you need to setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       In the Current User Preferences, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and fill out the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Check SMTP if you are sending email directly through SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Check MAPI and when sending email from SME your email client such as Outlook will open and the email will be send from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If checking SMTP:&lt;br /&gt;
*       Outgoing Email Server – Type your SMTP server or Exchange Server Name.  Gmail is smtp.gmail.com.&lt;br /&gt;
*      Email login name User Name – Type your email or Exchange User Name&lt;br /&gt;
*       Proper Name – Type your users full name.&lt;br /&gt;
*      Email Address&lt;br /&gt;
*      Password - Your email password, get this from your IT group if you do not know.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Port – leave blank if the port is standard&lt;br /&gt;
** Port 587 used for gmail and Outlook 365&lt;br /&gt;
* Encryption - Set the encryption as specified by your email provider&lt;br /&gt;
** None:  No encryption&lt;br /&gt;
** SSL v2, v2.3. v3&lt;br /&gt;
** TLS:  Used by gmail and outlook 365&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Some email servers may block emails coming from SME.  Work with your IT group or email provider if emails are not going out through SMTP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you are using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Gmail&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, entering : smtp.gmail.com - In the ‘Host’ field and ‘Tabbing’ out will set the Port &amp;amp; Encryption for Gmail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;If you cannot email from SME make sure you have this setting in your Gmail Account set:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sign into Google Account&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to this link: https://myaccount.google.com/security&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure the following is set to on, located near bottom of page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lessSecureApps.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;IF UPDATING SME AND GMAIL IS USED FOLLOW THESE FOLLOWING STEPS:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
When emailing from SME through Gmail you will need to authorize SME in Gmail. You will also need to be logged into both SME and Gmail before you can email. If you encounter errors with login credentials, you’ll need to log out of both SME, and Gmail and log back in before attempting to email. This is an Admin setting and an individual Gmail account setting.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Gmail – Authorizing less secure apps:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Log out of SME and Gmail&lt;br /&gt;
*         Log back into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*          Make Gmail settings changes&lt;br /&gt;
*          Log back into Gmail &amp;amp; SME&lt;br /&gt;
This is both a user level setting as well as a admin setting.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
For users:&lt;br /&gt;
https://myaccount.google.com/security?utm_source=OGB&amp;amp;pli=1#activity&lt;br /&gt;
Scroll to the bottom and turn on access less secure apps:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lessSecureApps.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For the Admin setting:&lt;br /&gt;
https://www.google.com/settings/security/lesssecureapps&lt;br /&gt;
[[gmailLessSecureApp.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== If you are using Outlook, you can do the following to look up your email account information: ==&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Admin email should use SMTP not MAPI to support publish dispatch and automated outgoing email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In Outlook, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Choose your account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:EmailAccounts.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see your outgoing email server, username&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To get your ports click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Outlook_InternetEmailSettings.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Match these settings in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InternetEmailSEttings_AdvancedTab.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:GmailLessSecureApp.png&amp;diff=5991</id>
		<title>File:GmailLessSecureApp.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:GmailLessSecureApp.png&amp;diff=5991"/>
		<updated>2016-01-28T21:41:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5990</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5990"/>
		<updated>2016-01-28T21:40:53Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added .100&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/28/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.100&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Report editing taking too long to open up when editing a report&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5989</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5989"/>
		<updated>2016-01-26T18:45:15Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added .99&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/25/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.99&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Scheduled Services/Fixed/Day count was off by 1 due to leap year&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/If Assigned To was a Work Group the work group name would not populate&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue when selecting items from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Transfer/Fixed/If the transfer does not have a detail connection relink the data or create a new link and use it&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Information on the Class prompt dialogue pop-up&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Default Price Book. Setting is under: Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Customer Defaults&amp;gt; Rates &amp;amp; Charges Defaults&amp;gt; Price Book.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Issues/Modified to integrate better with auto incoming email&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5987</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5987"/>
		<updated>2016-01-19T00:33:40Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added pic to .98&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryOptions.98.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:InventoryOptions.98.png&amp;diff=5986</id>
		<title>File:InventoryOptions.98.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:InventoryOptions.98.png&amp;diff=5986"/>
		<updated>2016-01-19T00:32:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5985</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5985"/>
		<updated>2016-01-19T00:31:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added .98&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/14/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.98&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Rewrote data import from Order Items tab to include cost and retail&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Removed vendor update prompt when the vendor flag in Setup&amp;gt; Company&amp;gt; Inventory is &amp;#039;UnChecked&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Will now update inventory if any markup flags are set&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Tech Code to batch process all inventory items with any Markup flags set&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Class requirement for PO module now optional&lt;br /&gt;
*Of the above items the PO Class &amp;amp; Vendor prompt are new flags on the Setup&amp;gt; company&amp;gt; inventory page in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5984</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5984"/>
		<updated>2016-01-13T19:17:39Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added .97&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /01/12/2016/ Version: 8.1.5.97&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Allow non inventory to be RMA&amp;#039;d&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set Labor Cost to the Service Item labor Cost when entered from mobile&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/SQL functionality to address speed issues in very active databases&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Allow importing of QB items when QB allows duplicate QB ID&amp;#039;s - Tax Related&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5983</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5983"/>
		<updated>2016-01-07T18:21:34Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5982</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5982"/>
		<updated>2016-01-07T18:21:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added .92-.96&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.96&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Cannot drag an order to Dispatch that has an Order Status set to &amp;#039;Not&amp;#039; show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Option to not prompt to update Vendor Items - &amp;#039;Advanced Vendor Options&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Filter out Voided Orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Calculating taxes on Fixed Rate records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for saving records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/15/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.95&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Order Status/Order Status changing on orders where items had already been received.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Reorder quantity pulling from incorrect record&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Modified/Batch PO initializing from wrong routine&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Could not remove invoice from contract&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/When on non-inventory item the Stock &amp;amp; Material Detail tabs were still showing. They should not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.94&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for SQL 2012 and beyond&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Functionality for record locking&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /12/10/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.93&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form not closing&lt;br /&gt;
*Date: /11/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.92&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Removing POItems causing order items to go into a JIT status when linked and the POItem had not been received. Which could cause Invoiced items to go into a JIT status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Custom_Tabs_and_Fields&amp;diff=5981</id>
		<title>Custom Tabs and Fields</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Custom_Tabs_and_Fields&amp;diff=5981"/>
		<updated>2016-01-06T18:10:32Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added field name restrictions&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;In SME 7.1 you have the ability to add custom tabs with custom fields to your records. You can call these fields any name you want and choose between many field types. In the search window you can sort by the custom fields just like all the other fields in SME. You can also apply an access level to each of the fields to restrict user groups from seeing the field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CustomTabsFields.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Custom fields can be created in Leads, Customer, Maintenance Contracts, Customer Equipment, Service, Install, Invoices, and Users. Once custom fields are created in those modules, a tab called &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom tabs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; will be created. On this tab, you can add multiple custom tabs containing custom fields as shown in the image above.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
View the video below for an overview or read through the guide for more information about setting up custom fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;Del59utdPR8&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Types of Custom Fields ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{|&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 1pt; border-style: solid; border-color: windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 1.45in; background: none repeat scroll 0% 0% rgb(217, 217, 217)&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 1pt 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: solid solid solid none; border-color: windowtext windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 220.5pt; background: none repeat scroll 0% 0% rgb(217, 217, 217)&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Definition&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: 1pt 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: solid solid solid none; border-color: windowtext windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; width: 207.9pt; background: none repeat scroll 0% 0% rgb(217, 217, 217)&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Sample&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Boolean&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;True or false field. Check the box for true. Leave the box unchecked for false.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 207.9pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  [[Image:Boolean.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Button&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;black&amp;quot;&amp;gt;This requires custom code to respond to the button.   For example you can add code that runs some other program when the button is pressed.&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 207.9pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  [[Image:Button.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Currency&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;black&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Uses the default currency set by Windows language and settings, for example $.   Type numbers in the field or click in the field to use the calculator.&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 207.9pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  [[Image:Currency.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Date&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Click in the field and select a date from the calendar.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 207.9pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  [[Image:date.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;DateTime&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enter both date and time. Select a date from the calendar. Use   to increase or decrease time.&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 207.9pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Image:DateTime.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Integer&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enter numbers only.  Cannot enter a decimal. Limit to 9 digits&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 207.9pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  [[Image:Integer.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;LargeInt&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enter numbers only.  Cannot enter a decimal.  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 207.9pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  [[Image:LargeInt.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Memo&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;black&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Used for a paragraph or large block of text versus one line of text.&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Numeric(decimal)&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;black&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enter a number with decimals. (the field length needs to be &amp;gt; 5)&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 207.9pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Image:NumericDecimal.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;PickList&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;black&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Drop down list.   The drop down list can be configured with an unlimited number of selections.&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Enter the drop down list by clicking in the PickList column. [[Image:EditPickList.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 207.9pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  [[Image:Picklist.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;String&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;black&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Used for a single line of text.  For a block or paragraph of text, use Memo.&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 207.9pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  [[Image:string.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt; border-style: none solid solid; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext; padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 1.45in&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;139&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Time&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 220.5pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;294&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Time field&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;border-width: medium 1pt 1pt medium; border-style: none solid solid none; border-color: rgb(240, 240, 240) windowtext windowtext rgb(240, 240, 240); padding: 0in 5.4pt; background-color: transparent; width: 207.9pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;277&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[[Image:Time.jpg]]&amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&amp;lt;div style=&amp;quot;line-height: normal; margin: 0in 0in 0pt&amp;quot;&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/div&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create Custom Fields ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.Go to Utilities module.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Run It&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
The Custom Table Designer window will open. This is where you will select what module you are adding the tab and fields to. You will assign a name for the tab and layout the custom fields on the tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.       In the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Module&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field, select the module you want to add a new custom tab to.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6.       In the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tab Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field, enter a name for the custom tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;7.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
Now the tab is created, you can start adding the fields to the new tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;8.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;9.       Click [[File:PlusSign.jpg]] at the bottom of the Custom Table Designer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AddNewField.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;10.   Notice a line was added to the Design tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:NewFieldRow.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;11.   In the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Field Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; enter the name of the field. This is the database name and has the following requirements: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;--- &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DO NOT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; enter any special characters &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Such as: !,@,#,$,%,^,1,2,3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in these fields, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;only letters a-z &amp;amp; A-Z&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;--- &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DO NOT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; have any spaces between words in the Field Name column. The Field Description is the name that shows on the custom tab and the field description can have spaces.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;---&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DO NOT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; change the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;field type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and/or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;field name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; once you have started to enter data into the field in the module. If you make changes to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;field type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and/or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; the link to the original table field and/or data will be broken. (You can restore by reverting the type and/or name to the original state). If you change the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and/or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you will encounter issues since the table will contain field values of a type different than that selected or the field name will not match that in the underlying table. If the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and/or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; are modified SME will crash when clicking on the module for the custom tables. You can change the description, but &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DO NOT&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; change the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;field name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and/or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;field type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The description is what shows on the custom tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;12. In the  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Field Description&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; column, enter the name as you want it to show on the custom tab. This name can be changed if needed later.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;13.   Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Field Type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. (see the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;do not&amp;#039;&amp;#039; notes under Field Name above)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;14.   Place the field on the custom tab using the following columns:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Left&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – number of pixels from the left side of the tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Top&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Number of pixels from the top of the tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Height&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Number of pixels high the cell is.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Width&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Number of pixels wide the cell is.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;15.  Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Examples.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:WidthExamples.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Preview what the fields will look like by clicking the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab in the Custom Table Designer window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Preview.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see the custom tab in the module, close and reopen SME. Go the module and select the Custom Tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rearrange Fields on Custom Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
Another way to rearrange the position of custom fields on custom tabs is to go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab, select the custom tab. Drag the fields in the position you want them in and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save Layout&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in lower left corner. Once the layout is saved, you will see the Left and  Top column will be updated on the Design tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:RearrangeFieldsOnCustomTab.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom Tab Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you create more than one custom tab for a module, you can determine the order of the tabs. In the Custom Table Designer window, locate the Tab Order field. Enter 1 in the tab you want on the left.&lt;br /&gt;
In the example below, the VIP Info tab has 1 in tab order so it will be on the left. The Standard tab has 2 in the tab order so it will be on the right. If there was another tab, we would enter 3 to have it to the right of the standard tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CustomTabOrderExample.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom Tab - Admin Access ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the Custom Table Designer window, there is a checkbox for Admin Access. (image below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:admiAccess.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If this box is checked, then the tab is only visible to SME users assigned to user groups where User Is An &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Administrator&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; is checked (image below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:UserGroup_IsAdmin.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Edit Custom Fields ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Utilities&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom Tabs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Run It&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the custom tab containing the fields you want to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Add more fields by clicking [[File:PlusSign.jpg]] at the bottom or make changes to existing fields.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to preview your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Close and reopen SME. Go to the custom tab in the module to see your changes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Field Access Level ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can assign an access level to each custom field. Only users that are authorized to see that level can access the custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Someone with access 0 can see everything, access 1 would only see fields with access 1 or higher, user group access 2 would not see 0 and 1 fields and would see 2 and higher, etc. Access levels can go to 5.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Assign SME user groups an access levels&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#       Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Setup module&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click User Groups.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to locate the user group you want to apply an access level to.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the Administrative Clearances tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Locate the User Field Access Level field in the right column.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Enter the access level (1-5)&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Assign an access level to the custom fields&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
#       Go to&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Utilities&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Utilities&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Custom Tabs&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Run It&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the tab containing the fields you need to edit.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Access Level&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; column (circled below).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FieldAccessLevel.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6.       Enter the access level for the custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;7.       Click Save.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;*NOTE* Access levels are fixed, so you cannot allow a user group to see fields with access levels 1, 5, and 10 but no others.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Form Code ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Form code is entered in the customer and then on the work order.  (Image below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CustomerFormCode.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The tabs matching this form code and the tabs with no form code and will show on the work order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You assign the form code to the custom tab (circled in image below). Form codes can be numbers or text.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:AssignFormCode.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For example you have a custom tab created for Home Depot customers and you assigned the Form Code of HD. You set the form code on the home depot billing company and every time you create an order for a customer with HD as billing, it sets that form code on the service order and only shows the custom tabs with the HD form code AND any custom tab with a blank form code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom Table Editor Fields Locking Up ==&lt;br /&gt;
If the Custom Table window is locking you out of some of the fields such as the Description or Top columns, follow these steps to correct the issue:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-           Log out of SME&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-           Go to your \High5software\sme5.exe  folder (you can access by rightclicking on your shortcut and &amp;#039;Open file Location(Win7) - or Properties&amp;gt;Find Target (XP))&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-           Search on the file dlgcDesign.ini &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-           Delete the file anywhere it comes up. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-           Log into SME&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-           Then try editing again.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom Fields in TechPortal ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you want the custom fields you create in Service Orders or Install Orders to show in TechPortal you need to check Show In TP.  Once checked, the tab the fields are on will show in TechPortal and all the fields with that checked will show on the tab. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:CustomTabsInTP.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you create a custom tab in service orders called “Tech”, all the fields on that tab with “Show in TP” checked will show on the detail tab circled in image below. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:TechCustomField.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Custom Fields in Customer populate Service Order etc. ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the same custom field in a customer record and in a service order, then when you create a service order for the customer, the custom field will be populated by what is in the field in the customer record. The value in the customer custom field will be passed into the service order custom field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;When setting up the custom field, in order for the data in the field to pass to the service order the fields have to have the exact same Field Name, Field Type, Field Description, Field Length and if it is a pick list, it must have the same values in the pick list column.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:CustomTable_SameFieldName.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Then go to the customer record and fill out the custom field. Going forward, when you create a service order for the customer, the value in the customer custom field will pass to the service order custom fiel. (image below)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:CustomFieldFollowtoOrder.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Values can pass from one record to another in the following scenarios:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Customer to Service Order&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Customer to Install Order&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Customer to Invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Lead to Customer&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Proposal to Service Order&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Proposal to Install Order&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Service Order to Invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Install Order to Invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== As Details Checkbox ==&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:AsDetails.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
When setting up a new custom tab you can check &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;As Details&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and the custom tab will display under &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Custom Details&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab, not Customer Tab tab. In each field on a Custom Details tab you can enter multiple entries.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:CustomDetailsTab.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=5969</id>
		<title>Common SQLink Errors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=5969"/>
		<updated>2015-11-24T17:30:00Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Best Practices for addressing SQLink Errors ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors in the sequence illustrated in the image below starting with Customer errors and ending with Proposal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FixSequence.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 702 ==&lt;br /&gt;
702 - 702: The query request has not been fully completed. There was a required element (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot;) that could not be found in QuickBooks. The element (########-#########) is the QB term for an item; Customer, Vendor, Employee, Inventory, Service, Account, etc...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The string - (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot; - is the QB ID for an item in QB) - means that the item, a customer, invoice, account, service, etc... used to be in QB but it now has a new QB ID or has otherwise been modified in QB. Modifications can include setting the item as inactive, deleting or merging it with another item, etc... To resolve look at all items related to the error and make sure they exist in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s a customer, make sure the customer is active.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an invoice it should re-export creating a new QB ID.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an inventory/service item review them on the invoice and make sure they are all QB items.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Check SQLink defaults and make sure all accounts on the default tabs in SQLink are present and active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Open SQLink&amp;gt; File&amp;gt; Setup&amp;gt; check all tabs and make sure the listed items are active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 805 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 805: The name &amp;quot; XYZ Company &amp;quot; of the list element is already in use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the name - &amp;quot;XYZ Company&amp;quot; - is already in QB on a list. User needs to locate it in QB and add something to the name. QB convention is (V) if on the vendor list, (E), if on the employee list, etc...  If it&amp;#039;s already on the customer list add (SME) and merge it in QB with the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 899: The string &amp;quot;ST. FRANCIS OF ASSISI CATH. CHURCH - VIDEO&amp;quot; in the field &amp;quot;Addr1&amp;quot; is too long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need to shorten the address to less than 40 characters. There are tools available online to help you count characters such as http://www.lettercount.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 -  You cannot pay more than the amount due==&lt;br /&gt;
899: The &amp;quot;AppliedToTxnAdd payment amount&amp;quot; field has an invalid value &amp;quot;3353.98&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: You cannot pay more than the amount due.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when QuickBooks cannot mark an invoice as paid because the invoice balance and the applied amount are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
They payment cannot be applied to the QuickBooks invoice because it has already been paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 808 ==&lt;br /&gt;
SQLink Error 808: Error adding  Customer XYZ 808: There is an invalid reference to a parent &amp;quot;80000004-1207320348&amp;quot; in the Customers list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QuickBooks error message: To change parent or type when the element or its descendants has been used in a transaction, you must switch to single-user mode. &amp;lt;- QuickBooks must be in single user mode.&lt;br /&gt;
This error happens when the billing address is changed on a site customer record in SME. I do not recommend making these changes in SME. This specifically happens when you click the &amp;#039;Select Billing Company&amp;#039; button or uncheck the &amp;#039;Is Billable Flag&amp;#039; on the Billing Address and select a new parent/billing customer. Since QuickBooks has special limitations on moving customers between Parent/Billing companies it is always best to do this in QuickBooks. There are two issue that QuickBooks raises:&lt;br /&gt;
-       QB must be in Single User mode to make the change&lt;br /&gt;
-       If the change cannot be done due to QB rules you will be warned&lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to move customers in QB. One is available from the following video link and one is by dragging the customer to a new parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link to the Video:[[Move QB Customers to Job Sites]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is to place the cursor over the customer and drag it to the new parent. If there are payments, etc.. you will not be able to move the customer. This will also return an error in SQLink since if QB cannot move it then SQLink cannot move it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These issues are why I recommend &amp;#039;only&amp;#039; reassigning  customers in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come up on Invoices as: Invoice ######## skipped - Billing Link ID not initialized. The usual cause is either the site/job or the Billing customer has been set to inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 810 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
810: There was an error when saving a Invoice.  QuickBooks error message: The transaction is empty.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the invoice was a combined invoice and the order on the invoice was removed or deleted. Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can also come up as &amp;#039;The transaction must be positive&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can also come up as &amp;#039;Invoice ##### skipped - voided invoices cannot be exported&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come under PO as: 810: There was an error when saving a Bill.  QuickBooks error message: This transaction action is not allowed for this user. - Probable causes are the user running SQLink does not have permission to modify bills in QuickBooks or the closing date has been set and a QB Admin would need to modify the restriction to export the PO/Bill. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Customer – but can be other types of records as well)  810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot;Customer Name&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This list has been modified by another user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request Processor ==&lt;br /&gt;
851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request PRrocessor on your system. Please make sure that QuickBooks 2002 Pro or higher is installed on your system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and run the installer from the following link. &lt;br /&gt;
QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 201 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding  201: Required field CustomerName not specified.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error 201 can pertain to any Customer, Vendor, Inventory, Service Item, etc.. record where the Name field is blank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To correct:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Go to the module referenced, Customer in the case above&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Do Search All and click on the Name field&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       You will see a blank record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Select the record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Check if the record should be tied to a specific customer. If the record has no information you can safely set it as inactive and delete it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 819 - Error adding XYZ – The object may not be changed==&lt;br /&gt;
This is part of the – ‘Unknown error’ returned from QB – seems sometimes it returns an error # and others it does not. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          If switched to Single user – they may get - XYZ Company – Unknown error returned from QuickBooks… this means QB cannot move the child to a new parent due to history on the child company like payments, invoices, etc.. – (See below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Additional info to above… can also be reported as Error 819&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Error adding XYZ 819 – (The object may not be changed). Error adding XYZ  819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;800009F6-1300911661&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: Unknown Error. The Customer List Element is the QuickBooks UID for the customer you have flagged to move in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          To Resolve: Review QuickBooks for the XYZ company and reset the SME companies to match what they were before the ‘Is Billable’ flag was lifted or the Billing/Parent Company was changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Duplicate Customer ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you see the following error in SQLink, there is a duplicate customer in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer : XYZ is skipped due to duplication&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can follow the following steps to resolve the error or watch the video below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;5EC0ZdD3I7I&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Find which customer record is the duplicate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search Active Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the Grid Column Window, check the following fields: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name, BillName, Address 1, Address 2, City, St, CustID, ParentID, QBExport. Click OK.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#    Arrange the columns the way you want in the search view window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Type a name for the view and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the search view window, sort by &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the customer name SQLink said is a duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow the row to the CustID column. If the column is empty, that is your duplicate customer record. Double click to open the duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click your cursor in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field to edit the customer name. Type (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DUP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) after the customer name. This makes it unique and easy to identify when reassigning orders and invoices for the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now that you found which customer is the duplicate record, check to see if there is any activity for customer you need to reassign&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is an invoice on this tab, double click on it. SME will jump to the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rollback Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go back to the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to check to see if there is a service order assocaited with the &amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot; customer. &lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is a serivce order, double click on it. SME will jump to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click [[File:Magnify.jpg]] to search for the correct customer. In the search window, select the correct customer record, not the &amp;quot;(DUP)&amp;quot; record.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Save the service order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to re-invoice the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow steps 1-9 for install orders and invoices for the install orders.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now the activity associated with the duplicate customer are assigned to the correct customer, delete the duplicate customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to delete the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer Link ID not initialized ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive the following SQLink error, you were trying to sync an invoice to QuickBooks that didn&amp;#039;t have a valid customer in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoice #XXX skipped - Customer link ID not initialized&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually caused by duplicate customer records in SME. Click here to watch a video on how to resolve the duplicate customer on an invoice and sync the invoice properly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;5EC0ZdD3I7I&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the video, when the service order was re-invoiced, we let SME assign a new invoice number. If you need to retain the original invoice number, instead of clicking Action&amp;gt; Generate Invoice on the order, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Write down the order number that needs to be re-invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
*    Go to the correct customer record (not the DUP customer).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click Actions&amp;gt; New Combined Invoice. SME will jump to the new invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
*    On the Details and Settings tab, locate the Invoice # field. Click [[File:browse.jpg]] to enter the invoice number you want to use. (If you don’t see this icon, you need to add the permission to initialize numbers to your user group settings)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InvoiceNumberField.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to select the order you need to invoice (the invoice number you wrote down in the first step above).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error Connecting to QuickBooks ==&lt;br /&gt;
When syncing SME to QuickBooks, if you receive the message &amp;quot;Error Connecting to QuickBooks&amp;quot;, you are logging into QuickBooks with a path that is different than that refereced by SQLink. This typically happens if you open QuickBooks on a client and try to sync when the initial sync was established on the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To run SQLink on client machines, you will need to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    From the client computer, browse to the sme5 executable folder and locate the SQLink Documentation folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Run the QBFC7_0Installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, SQLink and QuickBooks must reference the same path to access the QuickBooks company file. to check this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Open QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;F2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Product Information window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File Information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section and make note of the path in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Launch SQLink.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Link Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick Books Company File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.  The path in this field must be the same as the path noted in QuickBooks (step 3 above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List Element Error ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When running SQLink with QuickBooks the following message is returned in the SQLink Log:&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Item Name*) 819: There was an error when modifying a (can be any type of name) list, element** &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* An item in QB can be a customer name, vendor name, inventory item, etc…&lt;br /&gt;
** Element “#######-#########” is the QuickBooks unique identifier&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Basically either the ‘Name’ or the ‘Element’ is on a list in QuickBooks and therefore the item that SME is exporting will be rejected by QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For example:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both ListID and the Name are unique keys in QuickBooks. And you modified a customer which prompts to export that Customer with the ListID that matches an existing ListID in QB and the Item Name from another record or the Item Name matches, a more likely scenario, and the ListID is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This produces the &amp;quot;Cannot merge list elements&amp;quot; error message back from QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Customer - CustID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Invoice - InvoiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Vendor - VendorID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Inventory - InventoryID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Service Item - ServiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Employee - EmployeeID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Usually for all SME modules there will be an item/column with &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;ID which holds the QB list UID.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To include the QuickBooks ID number in the search window:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. In the search window, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add remove fields&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the window that opens, check the QuickBooks ID field for that module (list above)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Name the field and Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about search views, go to [[Search Window]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Bill10506 &lt;br /&gt;
807: Object &amp;quot;80000016-308248122&amp;quot; specified in the request cannot be found.  QuickBooks error message: Invalid argument.  The specified record does not exist in the list.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The numbers “80000016-308248122” are referring to an inventory item that QB says no longer exists in QB. It may be inactive, deleted, or related to the inactive parent. You can research it as noted above and shown below in the screenshot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryID_SearchView.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To resolve this issue:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.    Examine the SQLink log: Look at the error:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Error adding Customer A 819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.    In QuickBooks, locate and edit the name of the vendor/customer:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Job List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vendor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; List, or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item List, etc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;… as needs may require.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Locate and double-click the name noted in the SQLink Log.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Place a 1 at the end of the name and click OK. Leave QuickBooks and this list open.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.    In SQLink do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Data Functions&amp;gt; Export New QuickBooks Data&amp;gt; (List Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. In this case it will be Customers. There should be no error for the specific record and it will export to QuickBooks and sit right next to the QuickBooks Record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.    In QuickBooks, merge the edited name with the name that has been created by the SQLink:&lt;br /&gt;
*        In the open list in QuickBooks, double-click the name to which you added a 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Remove the 1 from the name and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*        When asked if you would like to merge the names, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Yes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.       Do this for all items that have the issue from the SME log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error - QBFC Not Found ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QBFC_Not_Found.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The QBFC program is local to the logged on user. Download and run the installer from the following link.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink stops processing in the middle of a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
If SQLink stops processing in the middle of your sync, you can look at the log file and find out what item is holding up the sync or if there is an error connecting to QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Right click on your SQLink shortcut and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;open file location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Log&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Sort by modified date and locate the file modified last, it will probably be a sqlink file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Right click, not double click, on the file and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Scroll to the bottom of the file and you will see the item that is holding up the sync. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==QB Invoice number has changed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Processing 10 of 110 Invoices (Ref #405-I)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QB Invoice number has changed : QB = 405-I SMP = 405&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice numbers in SME are numeric only. Invoice numbers in QuickBooks are strings so they can have numbers and letters. When the invoice from QB syncs to SME, the letters will be taken out of the invoice number in SME. Your invoice number in QB isn&amp;#039;t changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error adding customer XYZ 810: There was an error when saving a customers list, element ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Custer XYZ   810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot; Custer XYZ&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This customer already has job information. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To add a new job, the customer&amp;#039;s current job information must be moved into its own job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding (X) Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) invoices (#12345)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Retrieve the Invoice and get the customer name. Check the name in both SME and QuickBooks and set the customer as active to export an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding Purchase Orders to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) Purchase Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The ‘Export To QuickBooks’ flag is set when there are no received items to export. There are two flags, QB Bill Export and QB PO Export. Uncheck the flag as it will get set if items are received on the PO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Payment not distributed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Payment not distributed means that there is no invoice associated with the payment. For a payment to export from SME to QB it has to have an invoice attached. I would do the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Delete the payment from the Payments module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2) Go to Receivables &amp;gt; Invoicing and go to the invoice&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3) Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Payments&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and enter the payment&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way you are assured that it is attached to an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the invoice in QB you can also apply the payment in QB and it will sync back to SME and close the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== There is no disk in the drive.  Please insert a disk into drive E. ==&lt;br /&gt;
This happens when USB devises are removed without first ejecting the media. This can happen either from USB or DVD/CD devises. You may also need to put a readable DVD or CD in your removable drives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A quick way to stop the error from popping up is to quickly click the &amp;quot;Save to file&amp;quot; button in lower right corner. You can click &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; on the window that opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[File:SQLink_SaveToFile.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prevent the error from happening in the future:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. First look at the removable USB devises icon next to the system clock.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:RemovableDisc.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. When you put the mouse over the icon you’ll see the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:SafelyRemove.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click on the icon and you will see all USB related devises&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:EjectFlash.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Remove all drive related entries that are not currently plugged in. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Place a disk in all DVD/CD drives. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. This should clear up the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;More info on the topic:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;http://ccrqblog.ccrsoftware.info/2010/02/stopping-the-windows-no-disk-error/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For more dire cases do the following:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Right click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;My Computer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Manage&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Device Manager&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Disk Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Count how many &amp;quot;Drives&amp;quot; that your computer is currently using.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. When the Error message pops up then count how many &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; On some computers you will see duplicate entries in your device manager. You will need to Disable the duplicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:DuplicateDiscs.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== QuickBooks warning 550 ==&lt;br /&gt;
999: Unrecognized QuickBooks warning: 550: The Customers object was saved successfully, but its corresponding Notes record could not be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a warning / bug from QuickBooks which High5 can&amp;#039;t do anything about. The record should be updated with the sync, but to stop getting the error you must go to the record in QuickBooks and enter any character in the Notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 511 - QBRequestID has been used previously for another request ==&lt;br /&gt;
This message is from QuickBooks. Usually closing and reopening QB will clear the message and reset the request processor. We&amp;#039;ve noticed that the QB ID generator sometimes gets stuck, and when it does, this is the outcome. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Error511_QBRequestID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To resolve, close QuickBooks and reopen. This should reset the QuickBooks ID generation&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;May have to re-check Export Invoice to QB and Bill or PO&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:LessSecureApps.png&amp;diff=5968</id>
		<title>File:LessSecureApps.png</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=File:LessSecureApps.png&amp;diff=5968"/>
		<updated>2015-11-23T21:50:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Email_Settings&amp;diff=5967</id>
		<title>Email Settings</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Email_Settings&amp;diff=5967"/>
		<updated>2015-11-23T21:49:47Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;To setup your email account, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; at the top of SME. Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Administrator (Admin account) requires a working SMTP outgoing email to publish dispatch to tech calendars and for outgoing emails from order status changes (automated outgoing email).  It&amp;#039;s important to verify that the admin outgoing email is setup properly by logging in as admin and set email to SMTP and test sending out a report (for example email out a service order).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a user setting and will be done on each SME users login. Here you can decide if emails sent from SME go out through Outlook or another email client, or if they go out through SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:EmailPreferences.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Log into SME as the User you need to setup.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       In the Current User Preferences, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and fill out the following fields:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Check SMTP if you are sending email directly through SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Check MAPI and when sending email from SME your email client such as Outlook will open and the email will be send from there.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If checking SMTP:&lt;br /&gt;
*       Outgoing Email Server – Type your SMTP server or Exchange Server Name.  Gmail is smtp.gmail.com.&lt;br /&gt;
*      Email login name User Name – Type your email or Exchange User Name&lt;br /&gt;
*       Proper Name – Type your users full name.&lt;br /&gt;
*      Email Address&lt;br /&gt;
*      Password - Your email password, get this from your IT group if you do not know.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Port – leave blank if the port is standard&lt;br /&gt;
** Port 587 used for gmail and Outlook 365&lt;br /&gt;
* Encryption - Set the encryption as specified by your email provider&lt;br /&gt;
** None:  No encryption&lt;br /&gt;
** SSL v2, v2.3. v3&lt;br /&gt;
** TLS:  Used by gmail and outlook 365&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Some email servers may block emails coming from SME.  Work with your IT group or email provider if emails are not going out through SMTP.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If you are using &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Gmail&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, entering : smtp.gmail.com - In the ‘Host’ field and ‘Tabbing’ out will set the Port &amp;amp; Encryption for Gmail.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;If you cannot email from SME make sure you have this setting in your Gmail Account set:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sign into Google Account&lt;br /&gt;
* Go to this link: https://myaccount.google.com/security&lt;br /&gt;
* Make sure the following is set to on, located near bottom of page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:lessSecureApps.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== If you are using Outlook, you can do the following to look up your email account information: ==&lt;br /&gt;
Note: Admin email should use SMTP not MAPI to support publish dispatch and automated outgoing email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In Outlook, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Tools&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Choose your account&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:EmailAccounts.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You will see your outgoing email server, username&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To get your ports click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;More Settings&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Outlook_InternetEmailSettings.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Match these settings in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InternetEmailSEttings_AdvancedTab.png]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Setting_Up_SME_Client_Users&amp;diff=5955</id>
		<title>Setting Up SME Client Users</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Setting_Up_SME_Client_Users&amp;diff=5955"/>
		<updated>2015-11-09T19:57:48Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Client-End:&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;For setting up a client machine to use SME over the network, these are the steps to follow:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;First, on the new client machine, navigate to the network path of the high5software folder (accessed via network IP address as opposed to computer network name)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Open &amp;quot;ClientInstall&amp;quot;, and install either the 32(x86) or 64 bit version of the sqlncli.msi file. You can click next through every screen without intervention throughout the install process.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Next, make a shortcut to &amp;quot;sme5.exe&amp;quot; (in the High5Software root folder) on the client machine desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Go to the control panel/windows firewall. On the left-hand pane, click &amp;quot;Advanced Settings&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;- Highlight &amp;quot;Inbound Rules&amp;quot; on the left pane, then click &amp;quot;New Rule&amp;quot; on the right hand pane.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Select &amp;quot;Port&amp;quot; from the first page&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Leave &amp;quot;TCP&amp;quot; checked, and fill in port number 1433, click next - Allow Connection - Next (domain/pub/work) -&amp;gt; then give it a name (I usually name it _SMETCP, so it&amp;#039;s at the top of the list and easy to locate).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Repeat these steps on another &amp;quot;New Rule&amp;quot;, except select &amp;quot;UDP&amp;quot; on the second screen, and use port number 1439&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Allow/Check all and name _SMEUDP&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Click on the &amp;quot;Outbound Rules&amp;quot; tab&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Repeat steps to add TCP/UDP rule in outbound rules - note that allow connection won&amp;#039;t be checked by default this time, so be sure to switch it on this screen.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Launch shortcut from client machine, and SME should load.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Service_%26_Install_Orders&amp;diff=5954</id>
		<title>Service &amp; Install Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Service_%26_Install_Orders&amp;diff=5954"/>
		<updated>2015-11-04T23:08:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: Added 14.3&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The service or install order records the location of the job, specifies the work to be completed and includes products, services or labor hours required for the job. The order will show the billing address, the total order and tax amount, and related purchase orders.  An order is created for a customer. Material added to an order is linked to SME’s Inventory module. Labor added to an order is linked to SME’s Order Dispatch window.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Orientation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below are the different sections of a service or install order. Depending on the permissions your SME Administrator created, you may not have access to all the areas described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ServiceAndInstall1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Create new order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Search orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Navigate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Jump to order by order number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;First, Next, Prior, Last&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Tab through orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Refresh&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Refresh window to see calculated fields update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Click to make changes to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Delete the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print/Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Print or email the order. The printed orders, or reports, can be customized in the reports module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Status&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -Open, Closed or Invoiced. Separate from the Order Status field on Details and Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Action&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Close an order, invoice an order, or create PO for order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activities&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- Set reminder activities for order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- Quickly generates an Itemized or Combined invoice. (To generate a Partial, Fixed Total, % of Total or Dollar Amt invoice, must use the Actions menu and select Generate Invoice.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4 - Access order details and customer information using these tabs. These tabs can be hidden for certain user groups as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5 - Select a filter to view open, closed, invoiced or all orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a new Service or Install Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;Nhip8RILqFI&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a new order from a customer record or directly in the Service or Install module. If you need to create an order for a new customer, first create the customer record, then create the order. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From a customer record:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.       Open customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Service Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Install Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Action_New.jpg]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From the Service or Install module:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.       The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; window will open. Double click on the customer you want to create the order for.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.       A new order is created. The customer information will populate the order such as site, billing and mailing information, the invoice type, the customer price book, and the customer’s tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From anywhere in SME:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the menu at the top of SME.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Order or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can type &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+Alt+S&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to create a new service order, or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+Alt+I&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to create a new install order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Menu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Details and Setting Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site, billing and mailing information is pulled from the customer record.  On the right, there are fields specific for this order. Below is a description of the fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - when the order is saved, the order number is populated. This is a unique number you can use to look up orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reference #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- The order number is populated into this field, but you can change it. This field is sometimes used to type a reference number you customer may want you to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opened Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – auto-populated with the date you created the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Due Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – You can select a date this order is due. If the order is not closed by this date, the order will show as red on the dispatch board.  Note- Your SME Administrator may have changed the overdue color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date Dispatched&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Date field to select the date your technicians are dispatched. This field is not auto-populated and you must select the date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Closed Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This field will be auto-populated with the date you close the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Select a priority and you can sort orders by priority in the Search window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PO #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Type the related purchase order number for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Taken By&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Name of SME user that created order will populate this field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Billing Status&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – If you are syncing SME with QuickBooks, the billing status drop down will be imported. Here you can void an order so it doesn’t sync with QuickBooks when invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Closed By&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Name of SME user that closed the order will populate this field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoice Type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Select the type of invoice you want to use for the order. See the Invoicing an Order section of this guide to read about your invoicing options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Status&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Your SME Administrator may have customized this drop down list. This field should reflect the milestones you move your orders through such as “materials ordered” or “ready to schedule”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SLA Category&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; –Allow you to designate the entire order into a Service Level Agreement category such as comprehensive, labor only, parts only, etc.  These categories are fully customizable by the SME Administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Select the project you want this order to be added to. You can create new projects in Projects, in the Customer module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Not to Exceed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Type your order cost you should not exceed. You can compare it to the Total Cost field to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Total Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This field is a calculated field and cannot be edited. It will show you your cost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Work Requested Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two sides to the Work Requested tab. On the Services Requested side, the left side, type the services your customer is requesting. This is information your technician will see on a service ticket. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ServicesRequested.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the job has been completed, fill out the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Services Performed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; side (the right side) with a description of what was completed. This information will show on the invoice that goes to your customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ServicesPerformed1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Common Services&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your SME Administrator may have set up common services to use when filling out the work requested tab. Common services are templates which can be inserted into this tab. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Right click on either the Services Requested or Services Performed side.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Common Services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the template name you want to insert&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CommonServices.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order Items Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Order Items tab, you can add labor, materials and services to your order. On this tab, you can hide service, material or labor items from showing on the printed order. You can also rearrange the order of items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OrderItemsTab.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Add labor to an order:&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Order Items tab, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Labor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and the Labor Editor window will open. This is where you will enter the estimated hours required for your technicians, the hours you are billing the customer, the type of service they are performing, select the technician (if you know the technician) and the date of the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Labor Editor Defaults]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to learn about setting up labor editor default values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LaborEditor.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Technician&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Select the technician that will work on this order. If you don’t know who will do the work, select Unassigned and your dispatch manager will select the technician when the order is ready to schedule. If your SME Administrator set up Work Groups, you can filter your Technician list by selecting a Work Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Select the type of service you are charging the customer for. This updates the Unit Price field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Payroll Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;– Select if your technician is performing regular hourly work, overtime work or other appropriate value. This updates the Unit Cost field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Scheduled Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Enter the hours you need to schedule for your technician.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Equal Billable&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Check here if you want the billable qty to equal scheduled quantity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Billable Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Enter the hours you need to bill your customer for. If Equal Billable is checked, this field will be grayed out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The labor will show on dispatch, on the Labor tab, and also on the Order Items tab (image below) on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:LaborItemDescription.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If a price book is set for the customer, the Unit Price field will be auto-populated with the price defined in the price book. The price book overrides the service items, so changing the service item will not change the unit price.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;JvCGuIdHI0Q&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Add material to an order&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Add Items to Orders]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for an overview of the Add Items to Order window.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.       On the Order Items tab, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Material&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select Inventory Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; window will open.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.       Double click on the item you need to add to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.       The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add Items to Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; window will open. Notice the description of the material and the price and cost at the bottom. The cost is determined by the inventory item. The Price is determined first by the price in the inventory item, but if your customer has a price book assigned, the price book drives the cost.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.       Update the quantity if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material is added to the order. You will need to make sure you are reserving stock from the correct warehouse or place a PO to order parts if stock isn&amp;#039;t available.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Place PO from the Service Order:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; http://high5software.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Purchase_Orders#Create_PO_for_Selected_Items&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reserve Stock for material on the order:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[Material Allocation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The cost field is populated from the default inventory item or by the stock lot that you are reserving on the order. If you need to edit the cost, first check &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Override Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and then enter the cost. If you don&amp;#039;t have the Override Cost checkbox available, go to your User Group &amp;gt; Administrative Settings tab &amp;gt; and check Can Override Item Cost on Orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:EditItemCostOnMaterial.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Your SME Administrator may have associated labor hours with a material. If so, when you click OK on the Add Items to Order window, the Labor Editor window will open with the Scheduled Qty field populated with the hours.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Add new material on the fly&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to create a new inventory item from the service order, follow the steps below. The material will be added as an inventory item in the Inventory module. You will have to go to the Inventory item to enter the remaining details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Note that you must have the permission in your user group to allow you to add material on the fly. To add this permission, your SME Administrator will need to go to your user group and check &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Allow adding new inventory from orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# On the Order Items Tab, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Material&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the Search View window&lt;br /&gt;
# A blank Material Editor window will open&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your info in the editor fields. The following transfer to the item in inventory -  Item Name, Item Number, Cost/Price, and Vendor&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and you will be prompted with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inventory item not found - Add it?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Yes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Reserve Stock for Material on the Order&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;rFFy8FvqzWo&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click to learn how to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Change material quantity after stock is reserved]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Material Allocation]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to learn about reserving stock for materials&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Purchase Orders]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to learn about place Purchase Orders for material needed on a service order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Add a service to an order&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your SME Administrator may have set up services which you can add to an order. Examples of a service might be “inspection level 1 service” or “hourly subcontractor work”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; When you add a service to an order, it will not show on the dispatch calendar. Only adding labor will show on the Order Dispatch window.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;BOM&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ClickNewFromBOM.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;When you click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BOM&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (Bill of Materials) you will be prompted to select an item from that customer&amp;#039;s equipment list. Once you select equipment, the next screen will show you the Kit Items associated with that equipment. Select the item from the list you want to add to the order. It will show inventory items from the Kit Item list, not service items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Click [[Customer Equipment]] to learn more about customer equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Click [[Inventory]] to learn about the Kit Items tab in an inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Add Text for Grouping and Subtotaling Items&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On the Order Item tab, you can arrange your items into a parent/child hierarchy to help organize the items.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:ItemParentChild.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can add items to a “parent” item by either dragging the item and dropping it on the parent on the order item tab. A yellow arrow will appear when hovering your cursor over the parent item. The item will move indented under the parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select the parent item in the parent field when adding the items to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:OrderItems_SelectParentItem.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can add a text line on the Order Items tab and use the text line as a parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:TextItemUsedAsParent.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Text&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. In the Order Detail Editor window, locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field and enter a description for the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Now when entering items to be grouped under that text line, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parent Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the Add Item to Order window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also add a text line to subtotal the items contained under a parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Text&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. In the Order Detail Editor window, select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SubTotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; at the top&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Enter a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Choose the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parent Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you want to subtotal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OrderItems_TextGrouping.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Labor, Material and Services tabs&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The labor tab only shows labor for the order, the Materials tab only shows material for the order, and Services tab only shows service for the order. SME users that are responsible for dispatch may want to use the labor tab and only see labor items.  SME users that are responsible for inventory and ordering parts may want to use the Materials tab to only see material on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WARNING:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Fixed Total option on Items and syncing warning to QuickBooks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using &amp;quot;Fixed Total&amp;quot; on Service, Material, or Labor items you must be aware that the Total Price is what gets fixed in the SME Item. You can change the Unit Price or Quantity and the total price will stay the same in SME for that item. If you invoice the item and the invoice goes to QuickkBooks, the Unit Price and Qty are sent over on the invoice which potentially could be different than the fixed total price if you edited the Unit Price or Qty in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Item Repair Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In SME, you can create an order to repair equipment at the customer site. If your customer doesn’t have any equipment yet on site, then you won’t use this tab yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.       Create a new order for your customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.       Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Repair&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.       In the Item Repair window, next to Customer EQ Item click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.       Your customer equipment list will open. Select the item that needs repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6.       The Item Repair window will populate with the item details.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;7.       Fill out the Repair Requested field.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;8.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create a new order for specific customer equipment in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Equipment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section of the Customers module. In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Equipment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, right click on the equipment and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Service Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The order will be created and the equipment listed on the Item Repair tab in the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ItemRepair.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Totals Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Totals tab you can see a summary of all your labor, service and material charges. Also included in the total are taxes, trip and freight charges, and prepaid amount used.  On the right you can see the invoice status, date, number and terms. Click Jump to Invoice to open the invoice in the invoicing module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OrdersTotalsTab.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Labor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - this field adds up all the prices on Labor Items for the order&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - this field adds up all the prices on Service Items for the order&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Material&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - this field adds up all the prices on Material items for the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Discount Rate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Discount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Discounts&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: See the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Discounts]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to lean how these discounts are populated. You can use them to apply discounts to your service order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Premium&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - In a customer record &amp;gt; Rates tab you can enter a premium hour charge. Every time you generate an order for that customer, this field will populate with that charge. When the invoice for the order syncs to QuickBooks, the income will pass through the SMP_Premium Item.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Trip Charge&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - In a customer record &amp;gt; Rates tab you can enter a Trip Charge amount. Every time you generate an order for that customer, this field will populate with that charge. When the invoice for the order syncs to QuickBooks, the income will pass through the SMP_Travel Item.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Other Charges&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is a field that allows you to enter additional charges. When the invoice for the order syncs to QuickBooks, the charge will pass through SMP_Miscellaneous&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is a field that allows you to enter freight or shipping charges. When the invoice for the order syncs to QuickBooks, the charge will pass through SMP_Freight.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; - If you are using the Premium, Trip Charge, Other Charges or Freight, be sure to setup your smp items in QuickBooks. Review this page: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[SMP Items]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Order total before taxes and discounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The calculated Sales tax on the order. The tax on the order is on the Taxes tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Excise Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you have SME setup to use Excise Taxes, then the amount would populate here. (To setup, go to Setup module &amp;gt; Orders, check Apply Excise Tax and enter the dollar range excise tax is applied to. You will need to also go to the customer record &amp;gt; Rates tab and set the Excise Tax rate and check Calculate Excise tab for every customer that needs it applied to)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prepaid Used&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The amount of prepaid labor or service used on the order. Go to the [[Prepaid Services]] page to learn more about setting up prepaid services and applying to an order. The amount won&amp;#039;t deduct from the order total. You will see it deducted off of the invoice balance due.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pretotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Order total before Partner Discount&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Partner Discount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This comes from the PriceBook on the order. Go to the [[Price Books]] page to learn more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Total charges for the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Commission&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This commission is calculated from the PriceBook Commissions. (Field may be hidden for your user group) View the [[Price Books]] page for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Technician Commission&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This commission is calculated from the PriceBook Commissions. (Field may be hidden for your user group). View the [[Price Books]] page for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rates and Assignments Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:RatesAndAssignments.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;MsoTableGrid&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: collapse; border: medium none&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: 1pt medium; border-style: solid none; border-color: black -moz-use-text-color; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: 1pt medium; border-style: solid none; border-color: black -moz-use-text-color; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
If you assigned a price book to the customer, then when you create an order for a customer the order is automatically assigned the price book.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Labor Rate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
This is pulled over from the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Premium Hour&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
This is pulled over from the customer record. If you click on the Totals tab, you will see the Premium Hour in the Premium field.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Trip Charge&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
This is pulled over from the customer record. If you click on the Totals tab, you will see the Trip Charge in the Trip Charge field.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Person&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Automatically populated with the Salesperson assigned to the company you are creating the order for. Use the drop down to change.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lead Tech.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Select the lead technician for this order.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Primary Tech.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
When adding labor for this order, the Primary Tech will automatically populate the technician field in the Labor Editor. You set a company’s Primary Tech in the Customer record, Account tab.&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Secondary Tech&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The secondary tech. is pulled from the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Assigned To&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The first technician you assigned in the technician field in the Labor Editor window for this order.&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;If you change the technician in the Labor Editor, the Assigned To field is not updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulls from the Class set in the Customer record, Account tab.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Print Service Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.      In the service or install order, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print/Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.       In the list that displays, everything above the horizontal line are reports you can print. SME has standard reports you can view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PrintOrder.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.       Try selecting &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard Order Ticket – Order Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.       The report will open in a new window.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.     Click the printer icon to print the report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SME Text Message the Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
In SME – Enter the information in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Summary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; line similar to this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Cut and pasted the contact &amp;amp; phone number into the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Summary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; line. (e.g. - A/C unit in back cooler not working-needs to get it fixed- 2819 New Rd- John - 905-555-1212)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:SMS OrderSummary.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Summary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; text comes up in the email subject line and text message as: Order Number: 111010 for Millers Outpost Site - A/C unit in back cooler not working-needs to get it fixed- 2819 New Rd- John - 905-555-1212&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Email any report – one with fewer details is faster. The report info is not texted – just the order summary line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use info from the following to text your tech from SME by entering the tech phone number in the email address as outlined below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(phone number = your 10 digit phone number)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       T-Mobile: phonenumber@tmomail.net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Virgin Mobile: phonenumber@vmobl.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Cingular: phonenumber@cingularme.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Sprint: phonenumber@messaging.sprintpcs.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Verizon: phonenumber@vtext.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Nextel: phonenumber@messaging.nextel.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       US Cellular: phonenumber@email.uscc.net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       SunCom: phonenumber@tms.suncom.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Powertel: phonenumber@ptel.net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       AT&amp;amp;T: phonenumber@txt.att.net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Alltel: phonenumber@message.alltel.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Metro PCS: phonenumber@MyMetroPcs.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Close the Service or Install Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When your technicians have completed the work, you will want to update the order with the services performed, make sure the Billable Qty is accurate based on actual hours your technician worked and then close the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the order, first open the order. You can use the search button to find the order, or you can jump to the order from the Order Dispatch window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jump to order from Order Dispatch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Open &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Dispatch&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Day Planner&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the order on your technician’s schedule that needs to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Jump To&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; at the top of Order Dispatch and the order will open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; If Jump To Service isn’t available in the Order Dispatch window, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and check Show &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Advanced Features in Dispatch Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Preferences.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Update Services Performed&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Work Requested&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Type the work performed on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Services Performed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; side, on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; You may have common services set up for commonly performed services. Right click in the services performed field, select common services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Update Actual Labor Hours on Labor Editor&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Labor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the labor item and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The Labor Editor will open.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Update the Billable Qty field with the hours worked, or the amount you want to bill the customer for.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Confirm the type of service selected in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Close the Order&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       The order is set to Closed and will show at the top of the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer Information Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Customer Information tab you can access contact information for the company, view customer equipment, view service and install order history for the customer, and view invoices and payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CustomerInformation.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Customer Information, Account and Installation tab&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab shows you account information for the customer on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;MsoTableGrid&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: collapse; border: medium none&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;height: 13pt&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; height: 13pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; height: 13pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from Customer &amp;gt; Details and Settings tab.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Current Status&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Status field on the Customer &amp;gt; Details and Settings tab.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Last Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Customer &amp;gt; Accounts tab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Person&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from Customer &amp;gt; Details and Settings tab.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contact Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from Customer &amp;gt; Details and Settings &amp;gt; Site tab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Business Type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from Customer &amp;gt; Accounts tab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from Printed Comments field on Customer &amp;gt; Accounts tab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 95.4pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;127&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 599.4pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;799&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 9.65in; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;926&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section 2 – &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pulled from the Customer &amp;gt; Install Info tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section3 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;– Pulled from the Customer &amp;gt; Account tab&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Customer Information, Lists tab&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view all contacts for the customer and view customer equipment, IP addresses, phone lines, and systems. Your SME Administrator may have hidden some of the tabs shown in the screenshot to simply the interface for your needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Customer Information, Activities tab&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view your customers order history, invoice and payment history, and view your customers deposits and prepaid hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Taxes Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
View the tax details on the Taxes tab. The Tax Group/Code is assigned in the customer record. When you create an order for a customer, the TaxGroup/Code will be populated by what is assigned in the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Taxes_Tab.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invoicing an Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
o find the orders that are ready to be invoiced, you will need to search for all closed orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find all closed orders:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search Closed Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The Search Closed Orders window will open.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Double click on an order to open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then use the same tools for searching closed orders as you can with searching open orders. (e.g. adding columns, adding filters) Click Find Orders for instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;To create an invoice for an order:&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Quick Invoice&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For orders with the invoice type of Full-Itemized or Combined, you can click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and an invoice is generated and the order status moves to “invoiced”. To see the invoice, go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoicing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the Receivables module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:QuickInvoiceButton.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions &amp;gt; Generate Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any invoice type you can click Actions and select Generate Invoice.  To see the invoice, go to Invoicing in the Receivables module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; If you are syncing SME with QuickBooks, the invoice will also be in QuickBooks after your next sync.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Types of invoices you can generate&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;b4ETBOoSBkU&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Before you generate the invoice, you can select the invoice type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InvoiceType.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;$- Dollar Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Will allow conversion to multiple orders based on dollar amounts. It will keep track of how much has been converted towards the total.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% - % of Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Convert based on percentage of the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Combined&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This converts the entire order to a combined invoice.  This is a good option for good tracking because all the details are in the order rather than replicated on the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fixed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Fixed Total - The totals will be fixed and will NOT use the itemized details.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Full – Itemized&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Converting an order to an Itemized Invoice will duplicate all the items on the invoice for further editing.  This will give more flexibility in changing the invoice after it’s created.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Partial&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This allows selection of individual items for the order or invoice.  This is good for converting a proposal to multiple install orders that will be a multiple phase project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; For more information on invoicing, refer to the Receivables guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Changing Information on Invoiced Orders&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an order has been invoiced in SME there are certain restrictions placed on information that would compromise the integrity of the invoice. The following info should help with managing invoice edits:&lt;br /&gt;
Invoices with Combined Orders:&lt;br /&gt;
#         Any field that will not affect the ‘Price’ on the order can be modified (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;As of 8.1.5.86&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) without performing the actions below&lt;br /&gt;
#         If ‘Price’ for any item requires modification do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
#         From the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Go to the Service/Install tab&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Remove the order from the invoice (the invoice will remain open)&lt;br /&gt;
#*        The order will go to a ‘Closed’ status&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Go to the order and make your edits&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Go back to the invoice Service/Install tab and reattach the order&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Recalculate the Invoice if required to reflect the changes&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Re-export to QB if required&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Partially Invoiced:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;     -          On invoiced items for ‘Partially Invoiced’ orders you can edit all items. This is because once an item has been invoiced it is no longer attached to the order and is carried under the Itemized Invoice. (Make your edits on the Itemized Invoice).&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;     -          If the change must be reflected, on both the itemized invoice and the order, and the history must match… rare occurrences, then you have no choice but to roll back the invoice, modify the order, and re-invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating Order Templates ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you find that you are creating the same service or install order frequently, you may want to create a template for the order to save time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create the template:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Open an existing order or create and save a new order you want to use as a template.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save as Template&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Type the template name in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As Template&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; window. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The template is created. Now to generate another order with this template:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Go to Service or Install.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create From Template&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. (image below)&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the template in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select template to apply to order window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; window will open. Double click on the company you want to create the order for.&lt;br /&gt;
#       The order is created based on the template selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Template.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the template, you must edit the original order you created the template from.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Applying Prepaid Services and Prepaid Hours ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can track prepaid labor for your customers and deduct the labor as it is used on orders. You can also setup recurring invoices to be generated every month or quarter for prepaid labor charges and the prepaid labor entries will be entered for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Go to the&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[Prepaid Hours]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; page for more information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Refresh From Customer in Service Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Refresh from Customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and the order with be updated based on the customer record including the customer site address, billing address, premium charge, trip charge, terms, tax group, etc. If you made changes to the customer record after the order was created, you can use this to update the order with the latest information from the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rental Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Rental Items on Orders]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to learn how to return rental items on orders using the barcode button at the top of SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reduced Quantity of Material that is Reserved ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to change the quantity of material on a service order when stock is already reserved, you will need to release the stock then reserve the correct amount.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example there are 4 laptops reserved for this service order. We need to change the quantity to 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MaterialReservedOnOrder.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 1: Change the quantity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To change the quantity on the service order, go to the Materials tab and double click on the material you need to change. In the Add Items to Order window:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Change the quantity in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quantity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field. (1 in image below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Select the line for the material (2 in image below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button (3 in image below) – &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DO NOT CLICK DELETE ON YOUR KEYBOARD, CLICK DELETE BUTTON&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. (4 in image below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using only one warehouse, SME will pick the stock. If you are using more than one warehouse, go to the next section to select stock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailsTab_DeletingReservedMaterial.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 2: Reserve the stock back on the service order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. On the materials tab, double click on the material to open the Add Items to Order window again.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter correct quantity.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the Add Items to Order window, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Details&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailsTab_SelectStock.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Select stock from your warehouse in the Select Inventory Item window.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the Add Item to Order window.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Service_%26_Install_Orders&amp;diff=5953</id>
		<title>Service &amp; Install Orders</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Service_%26_Install_Orders&amp;diff=5953"/>
		<updated>2015-11-04T23:07:50Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: Added 14.3&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;The service or install order records the location of the job, specifies the work to be completed and includes products, services or labor hours required for the job. The order will show the billing address, the total order and tax amount, and related purchase orders.  An order is created for a customer. Material added to an order is linked to SME’s Inventory module. Labor added to an order is linked to SME’s Order Dispatch window.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Orientation ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Below are the different sections of a service or install order. Depending on the permissions your SME Administrator created, you may not have access to all the areas described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ServiceAndInstall1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Create new order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Search orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Navigate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Jump to order by order number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;First, Next, Prior, Last&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Tab through orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Refresh&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Refresh window to see calculated fields update.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Click to make changes to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Delete the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print/Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Print or email the order. The printed orders, or reports, can be customized in the reports module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Status&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; -Open, Closed or Invoiced. Separate from the Order Status field on Details and Settings.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Action&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Close an order, invoice an order, or create PO for order. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Activities&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- Set reminder activities for order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- Quickly generates an Itemized or Combined invoice. (To generate a Partial, Fixed Total, % of Total or Dollar Amt invoice, must use the Actions menu and select Generate Invoice.)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4 - Access order details and customer information using these tabs. These tabs can be hidden for certain user groups as needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5 - Select a filter to view open, closed, invoiced or all orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Create a new Service or Install Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;Nhip8RILqFI&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a new order from a customer record or directly in the Service or Install module. If you need to create an order for a new customer, first create the customer record, then create the order. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From a customer record:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.       Open customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Service Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Install Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Action_New.jpg]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From the Service or Install module:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.       The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; window will open. Double click on the customer you want to create the order for.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.       A new order is created. The customer information will populate the order such as site, billing and mailing information, the invoice type, the customer price book, and the customer’s tax group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;From anywhere in SME:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the menu at the top of SME.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Order or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can type &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+Alt+S&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to create a new service order, or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Ctrl+Alt+I&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to create a new install order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New_Menu.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Details and Setting Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The site, billing and mailing information is pulled from the customer record.  On the right, there are fields specific for this order. Below is a description of the fields.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - when the order is saved, the order number is populated. This is a unique number you can use to look up orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reference #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;- The order number is populated into this field, but you can change it. This field is sometimes used to type a reference number you customer may want you to use.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Opened Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – auto-populated with the date you created the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Due Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – You can select a date this order is due. If the order is not closed by this date, the order will show as red on the dispatch board.  Note- Your SME Administrator may have changed the overdue color.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date Dispatched&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Date field to select the date your technicians are dispatched. This field is not auto-populated and you must select the date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Closed Date&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This field will be auto-populated with the date you close the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Priority&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Select a priority and you can sort orders by priority in the Search window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;PO #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Type the related purchase order number for reference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Taken By&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Name of SME user that created order will populate this field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Billing Status&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – If you are syncing SME with QuickBooks, the billing status drop down will be imported. Here you can void an order so it doesn’t sync with QuickBooks when invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Closed By&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Name of SME user that closed the order will populate this field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoice Type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Select the type of invoice you want to use for the order. See the Invoicing an Order section of this guide to read about your invoicing options.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Status&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Your SME Administrator may have customized this drop down list. This field should reflect the milestones you move your orders through such as “materials ordered” or “ready to schedule”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SLA Category&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; –Allow you to designate the entire order into a Service Level Agreement category such as comprehensive, labor only, parts only, etc.  These categories are fully customizable by the SME Administrator. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Project&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Select the project you want this order to be added to. You can create new projects in Projects, in the Customer module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Not to Exceed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Type your order cost you should not exceed. You can compare it to the Total Cost field to the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Total Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – This field is a calculated field and cannot be edited. It will show you your cost.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Work Requested Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
There are two sides to the Work Requested tab. On the Services Requested side, the left side, type the services your customer is requesting. This is information your technician will see on a service ticket. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ServicesRequested.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the job has been completed, fill out the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Services Performed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; side (the right side) with a description of what was completed. This information will show on the invoice that goes to your customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ServicesPerformed1.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Common Services&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your SME Administrator may have set up common services to use when filling out the work requested tab. Common services are templates which can be inserted into this tab. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Right click on either the Services Requested or Services Performed side.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Common Services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the template name you want to insert&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CommonServices.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Order Items Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Order Items tab, you can add labor, materials and services to your order. On this tab, you can hide service, material or labor items from showing on the printed order. You can also rearrange the order of items on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OrderItemsTab.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Add labor to an order:&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the Order Items tab, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Labor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and the Labor Editor window will open. This is where you will enter the estimated hours required for your technicians, the hours you are billing the customer, the type of service they are performing, select the technician (if you know the technician) and the date of the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Labor Editor Defaults]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to learn about setting up labor editor default values&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:LaborEditor.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Technician&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Select the technician that will work on this order. If you don’t know who will do the work, select Unassigned and your dispatch manager will select the technician when the order is ready to schedule. If your SME Administrator set up Work Groups, you can filter your Technician list by selecting a Work Group.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Select the type of service you are charging the customer for. This updates the Unit Price field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Payroll Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;– Select if your technician is performing regular hourly work, overtime work or other appropriate value. This updates the Unit Cost field.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Scheduled Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Enter the hours you need to schedule for your technician.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Equal Billable&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Check here if you want the billable qty to equal scheduled quantity.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Billable Qty&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Enter the hours you need to bill your customer for. If Equal Billable is checked, this field will be grayed out. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The labor will show on dispatch, on the Labor tab, and also on the Order Items tab (image below) on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:LaborItemDescription.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If a price book is set for the customer, the Unit Price field will be auto-populated with the price defined in the price book. The price book overrides the service items, so changing the service item will not change the unit price.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;JvCGuIdHI0Q&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Add material to an order&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Add Items to Orders]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; for an overview of the Add Items to Order window.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.       On the Order Items tab, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Material&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select Inventory Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; window will open.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.       Double click on the item you need to add to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.       The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add Items to Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; window will open. Notice the description of the material and the price and cost at the bottom. The cost is determined by the inventory item. The Price is determined first by the price in the inventory item, but if your customer has a price book assigned, the price book drives the cost.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.       Update the quantity if needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The material is added to the order. You will need to make sure you are reserving stock from the correct warehouse or place a PO to order parts if stock isn&amp;#039;t available.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Place PO from the Service Order:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; http://high5software.com/mediawiki/index.php?title=Purchase_Orders#Create_PO_for_Selected_Items&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Reserve Stock for material on the order:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[Material Allocation]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The cost field is populated from the default inventory item or by the stock lot that you are reserving on the order. If you need to edit the cost, first check &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Override Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and then enter the cost. If you don&amp;#039;t have the Override Cost checkbox available, go to your User Group &amp;gt; Administrative Settings tab &amp;gt; and check Can Override Item Cost on Orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:EditItemCostOnMaterial.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Your SME Administrator may have associated labor hours with a material. If so, when you click OK on the Add Items to Order window, the Labor Editor window will open with the Scheduled Qty field populated with the hours.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;h4&amp;gt;Add new material on the fly&amp;lt;/h4&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you want to create a new inventory item from the service order, follow the steps below. The material will be added as an inventory item in the Inventory module. You will have to go to the Inventory item to enter the remaining details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Note that you must have the permission in your user group to allow you to add material on the fly. To add this permission, your SME Administrator will need to go to your user group and check &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Allow adding new inventory from orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
# On the Order Items Tab, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Material&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cancel&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; on the Search View window&lt;br /&gt;
# A blank Material Editor window will open&lt;br /&gt;
# Enter your info in the editor fields. The following transfer to the item in inventory -  Item Name, Item Number, Cost/Price, and Vendor&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and you will be prompted with &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Inventory item not found - Add it?&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
# Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Yes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Reserve Stock for Material on the Order&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;rFFy8FvqzWo&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click to learn how to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Change material quantity after stock is reserved]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Material Allocation]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to learn about reserving stock for materials&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Purchase Orders]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to learn about place Purchase Orders for material needed on a service order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Add a service to an order&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Your SME Administrator may have set up services which you can add to an order. Examples of a service might be “inspection level 1 service” or “hourly subcontractor work”.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; When you add a service to an order, it will not show on the dispatch calendar. Only adding labor will show on the Order Dispatch window.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;BOM&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ClickNewFromBOM.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;When you click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;BOM&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; (Bill of Materials) you will be prompted to select an item from that customer&amp;#039;s equipment list. Once you select equipment, the next screen will show you the Kit Items associated with that equipment. Select the item from the list you want to add to the order. It will show inventory items from the Kit Item list, not service items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Click [[Customer Equipment]] to learn more about customer equipment.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Click [[Inventory]] to learn about the Kit Items tab in an inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Add Text for Grouping and Subtotaling Items&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On the Order Item tab, you can arrange your items into a parent/child hierarchy to help organize the items.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:ItemParentChild.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can add items to a “parent” item by either dragging the item and dropping it on the parent on the order item tab. A yellow arrow will appear when hovering your cursor over the parent item. The item will move indented under the parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also select the parent item in the parent field when adding the items to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:OrderItems_SelectParentItem.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can add a text line on the Order Items tab and use the text line as a parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:TextItemUsedAsParent.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Text&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. In the Order Detail Editor window, locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field and enter a description for the text.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Now when entering items to be grouped under that text line, select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parent Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the Add Item to Order window&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You can also add a text line to subtotal the items contained under a parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Text&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. In the Order Detail Editor window, select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SubTotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; at the top&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Enter a &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Choose the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Parent Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; you want to subtotal&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OrderItems_TextGrouping.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Labor, Material and Services tabs&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The labor tab only shows labor for the order, the Materials tab only shows material for the order, and Services tab only shows service for the order. SME users that are responsible for dispatch may want to use the labor tab and only see labor items.  SME users that are responsible for inventory and ordering parts may want to use the Materials tab to only see material on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;WARNING:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Fixed Total option on Items and syncing warning to QuickBooks&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using &amp;quot;Fixed Total&amp;quot; on Service, Material, or Labor items you must be aware that the Total Price is what gets fixed in the SME Item. You can change the Unit Price or Quantity and the total price will stay the same in SME for that item. If you invoice the item and the invoice goes to QuickkBooks, the Unit Price and Qty are sent over on the invoice which potentially could be different than the fixed total price if you edited the Unit Price or Qty in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Item Repair Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In SME, you can create an order to repair equipment at the customer site. If your customer doesn’t have any equipment yet on site, then you won’t use this tab yet.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.       Create a new order for your customer.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.       Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Repair&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.       In the Item Repair window, next to Customer EQ Item click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.       Your customer equipment list will open. Select the item that needs repair.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6.       The Item Repair window will populate with the item details.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;7.       Fill out the Repair Requested field.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;8.       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also create a new order for specific customer equipment in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Equipment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section of the Customers module. In &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Equipment&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, right click on the equipment and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New Service Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The order will be created and the equipment listed on the Item Repair tab in the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:ItemRepair.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Totals Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Totals tab you can see a summary of all your labor, service and material charges. Also included in the total are taxes, trip and freight charges, and prepaid amount used.  On the right you can see the invoice status, date, number and terms. Click Jump to Invoice to open the invoice in the invoicing module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:OrdersTotalsTab.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Labor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - this field adds up all the prices on Labor Items for the order&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Services&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - this field adds up all the prices on Service Items for the order&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Material&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - this field adds up all the prices on Material items for the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Discount Rate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Discount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item Discounts&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: See the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Discounts]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to lean how these discounts are populated. You can use them to apply discounts to your service order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Premium&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - In a customer record &amp;gt; Rates tab you can enter a premium hour charge. Every time you generate an order for that customer, this field will populate with that charge. When the invoice for the order syncs to QuickBooks, the income will pass through the SMP_Premium Item.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Trip Charge&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - In a customer record &amp;gt; Rates tab you can enter a Trip Charge amount. Every time you generate an order for that customer, this field will populate with that charge. When the invoice for the order syncs to QuickBooks, the income will pass through the SMP_Travel Item.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Other Charges&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is a field that allows you to enter additional charges. When the invoice for the order syncs to QuickBooks, the charge will pass through SMP_Miscellaneous&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Freight&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This is a field that allows you to enter freight or shipping charges. When the invoice for the order syncs to QuickBooks, the charge will pass through SMP_Freight.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; - If you are using the Premium, Trip Charge, Other Charges or Freight, be sure to setup your smp items in QuickBooks. Review this page: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[SMP Items]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Subtotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Order total before taxes and discounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The calculated Sales tax on the order. The tax on the order is on the Taxes tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Excise Tax&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - If you have SME setup to use Excise Taxes, then the amount would populate here. (To setup, go to Setup module &amp;gt; Orders, check Apply Excise Tax and enter the dollar range excise tax is applied to. You will need to also go to the customer record &amp;gt; Rates tab and set the Excise Tax rate and check Calculate Excise tab for every customer that needs it applied to)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prepaid Used&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - The amount of prepaid labor or service used on the order. Go to the [[Prepaid Services]] page to learn more about setting up prepaid services and applying to an order. The amount won&amp;#039;t deduct from the order total. You will see it deducted off of the invoice balance due.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pretotal&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Order total before Partner Discount&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Partner Discount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This comes from the PriceBook on the order. Go to the [[Price Books]] page to learn more.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Total charges for the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Commission&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This commission is calculated from the PriceBook Commissions. (Field may be hidden for your user group) View the [[Price Books]] page for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Technician Commission&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This commission is calculated from the PriceBook Commissions. (Field may be hidden for your user group). View the [[Price Books]] page for more information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rates and Assignments Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:RatesAndAssignments.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;MsoTableGrid&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: collapse; border: medium none&amp;quot; border=&amp;quot;1&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: 1pt medium; border-style: solid none; border-color: black -moz-use-text-color; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Price Book&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: 1pt medium; border-style: solid none; border-color: black -moz-use-text-color; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
If you assigned a price book to the customer, then when you create an order for a customer the order is automatically assigned the price book.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Labor Rate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
This is pulled over from the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Premium Hour&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
This is pulled over from the customer record. If you click on the Totals tab, you will see the Premium Hour in the Premium field.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;font color=&amp;quot;red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/font&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Trip Charge&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
This is pulled over from the customer record. If you click on the Totals tab, you will see the Trip Charge in the Trip Charge field.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Person&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Automatically populated with the Salesperson assigned to the company you are creating the order for. Use the drop down to change.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lead Tech.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Select the lead technician for this order.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Primary Tech.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
When adding labor for this order, the Primary Tech will automatically populate the technician field in the Labor Editor. You set a company’s Primary Tech in the Customer record, Account tab.&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Secondary Tech&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The secondary tech. is pulled from the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Assigned To&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
The first technician you assigned in the technician field in the Labor Editor window for this order.&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;If you change the technician in the Labor Editor, the Assigned To field is not updated.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 90.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;121&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Class&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 603.9pt; border-width: medium medium 1pt; border-style: none none solid; border-color: -moz-use-text-color -moz-use-text-color black; -moz-border-top-colors: none; -moz-border-right-colors: none; -moz-border-bottom-colors: none; -moz-border-left-colors: none; -moz-border-image: none; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;805&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulls from the Class set in the Customer record, Account tab.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Print Service Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1.      In the service or install order, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Print/Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.       In the list that displays, everything above the horizontal line are reports you can print. SME has standard reports you can view.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:PrintOrder.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.       Try selecting &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Standard Order Ticket – Order Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.       The report will open in a new window.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.     Click the printer icon to print the report.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SME Text Message the Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
In SME – Enter the information in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Summary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; line similar to this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Cut and pasted the contact &amp;amp; phone number into the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Summary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; line. (e.g. - A/C unit in back cooler not working-needs to get it fixed- 2819 New Rd- John - 905-555-1212)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:SMS OrderSummary.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Summary&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; text comes up in the email subject line and text message as: Order Number: 111010 for Millers Outpost Site - A/C unit in back cooler not working-needs to get it fixed- 2819 New Rd- John - 905-555-1212&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Email any report – one with fewer details is faster. The report info is not texted – just the order summary line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use info from the following to text your tech from SME by entering the tech phone number in the email address as outlined below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
(phone number = your 10 digit phone number)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       T-Mobile: phonenumber@tmomail.net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Virgin Mobile: phonenumber@vmobl.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Cingular: phonenumber@cingularme.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Sprint: phonenumber@messaging.sprintpcs.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Verizon: phonenumber@vtext.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Nextel: phonenumber@messaging.nextel.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       US Cellular: phonenumber@email.uscc.net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       SunCom: phonenumber@tms.suncom.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Powertel: phonenumber@ptel.net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       AT&amp;amp;T: phonenumber@txt.att.net&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Alltel: phonenumber@message.alltel.com&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-       Metro PCS: phonenumber@MyMetroPcs.com&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Close the Service or Install Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When your technicians have completed the work, you will want to update the order with the services performed, make sure the Billable Qty is accurate based on actual hours your technician worked and then close the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the order, first open the order. You can use the search button to find the order, or you can jump to the order from the Order Dispatch window.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Jump to order from Order Dispatch:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Open &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Order Dispatch&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Day Planner&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the order on your technician’s schedule that needs to be updated.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Jump To&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; at the top of Order Dispatch and the order will open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; If Jump To Service isn’t available in the Order Dispatch window, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Preferences&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and check Show &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Advanced Features in Dispatch Control&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Preferences.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Update Services Performed&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Work Requested&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Type the work performed on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Services Performed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; side, on the right.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; You may have common services set up for commonly performed services. Right click in the services performed field, select common services.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Update Actual Labor Hours on Labor Editor&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Labor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the labor item and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The Labor Editor will open.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Update the Billable Qty field with the hours worked, or the amount you want to bill the customer for.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Confirm the type of service selected in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Close the Order&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Close Order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       The order is set to Closed and will show at the top of the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer Information Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the Customer Information tab you can access contact information for the company, view customer equipment, view service and install order history for the customer, and view invoices and payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:CustomerInformation.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Customer Information, Account and Installation tab&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab shows you account information for the customer on the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section 1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=&amp;quot;MsoTableGrid&amp;quot; style=&amp;quot;border-collapse: collapse; border: medium none&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
|- style=&amp;quot;height: 13pt&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; height: 13pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Account #&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt; height: 13pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from Customer &amp;gt; Details and Settings tab.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Current Status&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Status field on the Customer &amp;gt; Details and Settings tab.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Last Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from&amp;lt;span&amp;gt;  &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;Customer &amp;gt; Accounts tab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Sales Person&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from Customer &amp;gt; Details and Settings tab.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Contact Email&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from Customer &amp;gt; Details and Settings &amp;gt; Site tab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Business Type&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from Customer &amp;gt; Accounts tab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 81.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;109&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Comments&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 612.9pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;817&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
Pulled from Printed Comments field on Customer &amp;gt; Accounts tab&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 95.4pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;2&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;127&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 599.4pt; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;799&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| style=&amp;quot;width: 9.65in; padding: 0in 5.4pt&amp;quot; colspan=&amp;quot;3&amp;quot; width=&amp;quot;926&amp;quot; valign=&amp;quot;top&amp;quot; |&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section 2 – &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Pulled from the Customer &amp;gt; Install Info tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Section3 &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;– Pulled from the Customer &amp;gt; Account tab&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Customer Information, Lists tab&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view all contacts for the customer and view customer equipment, IP addresses, phone lines, and systems. Your SME Administrator may have hidden some of the tabs shown in the screenshot to simply the interface for your needs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Customer Information, Activities tab&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view your customers order history, invoice and payment history, and view your customers deposits and prepaid hours.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Taxes Tab ==&lt;br /&gt;
View the tax details on the Taxes tab. The Tax Group/Code is assigned in the customer record. When you create an order for a customer, the TaxGroup/Code will be populated by what is assigned in the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Taxes_Tab.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invoicing an Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
o find the orders that are ready to be invoiced, you will need to search for all closed orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find all closed orders:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; module.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;, select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search Closed Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The Search Closed Orders window will open.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Double click on an order to open.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can then use the same tools for searching closed orders as you can with searching open orders. (e.g. adding columns, adding filters) Click Find Orders for instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;To create an invoice for an order:&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Quick Invoice&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For orders with the invoice type of Full-Itemized or Combined, you can click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and an invoice is generated and the order status moves to “invoiced”. To see the invoice, go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoicing&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the Receivables module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:QuickInvoiceButton.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions &amp;gt; Generate Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For any invoice type you can click Actions and select Generate Invoice.  To see the invoice, go to Invoicing in the Receivables module.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; If you are syncing SME with QuickBooks, the invoice will also be in QuickBooks after your next sync.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Types of invoices you can generate&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;b4ETBOoSBkU&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Before you generate the invoice, you can select the invoice type.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InvoiceType.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;$- Dollar Amount&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Will allow conversion to multiple orders based on dollar amounts. It will keep track of how much has been converted towards the total.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;% - % of Total&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Convert based on percentage of the order.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Combined&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This converts the entire order to a combined invoice.  This is a good option for good tracking because all the details are in the order rather than replicated on the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Fixed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; – Fixed Total - The totals will be fixed and will NOT use the itemized details.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Full – Itemized&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - Converting an order to an Itemized Invoice will duplicate all the items on the invoice for further editing.  This will give more flexibility in changing the invoice after it’s created.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Partial&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - This allows selection of individual items for the order or invoice.  This is good for converting a proposal to multiple install orders that will be a multiple phase project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:orange&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**NOTE**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; For more information on invoicing, refer to the Receivables guide.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;h3&amp;gt;Changing Information on Invoiced Orders&amp;lt;/h3&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When an order has been invoiced in SME there are certain restrictions placed on information that would compromise the integrity of the invoice. The following info should help with managing invoice edits:&lt;br /&gt;
Invoices with Combined Orders:&lt;br /&gt;
#         Any field that will not affect the ‘Price’ on the order can be modified (&amp;lt;b&amp;gt;As of 8.1.5.86&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt;) without performing the actions below&lt;br /&gt;
#         If ‘Price’ for any item requires modification do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
#         From the invoice&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Go to the Service/Install tab&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Remove the order from the invoice (the invoice will remain open)&lt;br /&gt;
#*        The order will go to a ‘Closed’ status&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Go to the order and make your edits&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Go back to the invoice Service/Install tab and reattach the order&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Recalculate the Invoice if required to reflect the changes&lt;br /&gt;
#*        Re-export to QB if required&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Partially Invoiced:&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          On invoiced items for ‘Partially Invoiced’ orders you can edit all items. This is because once an item has been invoiced it is no longer attached to the order and is carried under the Itemized Invoice. (Make your edits on the Itemized Invoice).&lt;br /&gt;
#&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          If the change must be reflected, on both the itemized invoice and the order, and the history must match… rare occurrences, then you have no choice but to roll back the invoice, modify the order, and re-invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Creating Order Templates ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you find that you are creating the same service or install order frequently, you may want to create a template for the order to save time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create the template:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Open an existing order or create and save a new order you want to use as a template.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save as Template&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Type the template name in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save As Template&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; window. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;The template is created. Now to generate another order with this template:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#       Go to Service or Install.&lt;br /&gt;
#       Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Create From Template&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. (image below)&lt;br /&gt;
#       Select the template in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select template to apply to order window&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#       The &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; window will open. Double click on the company you want to create the order for.&lt;br /&gt;
#       The order is created based on the template selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Template.jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit the template, you must edit the original order you created the template from.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Applying Prepaid Services and Prepaid Hours ==&lt;br /&gt;
You can track prepaid labor for your customers and deduct the labor as it is used on orders. You can also setup recurring invoices to be generated every month or quarter for prepaid labor charges and the prepaid labor entries will be entered for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Go to the&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; [[Prepaid Hours]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; page for more information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Refresh From Customer in Service Order ==&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Refresh from Customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and the order with be updated based on the customer record including the customer site address, billing address, premium charge, trip charge, terms, tax group, etc. If you made changes to the customer record after the order was created, you can use this to update the order with the latest information from the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Rental Items ==&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;[[Rental Items on Orders]]&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to learn how to return rental items on orders using the barcode button at the top of SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Reduced Quantity of Material that is Reserved ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to change the quantity of material on a service order when stock is already reserved, you will need to release the stock then reserve the correct amount.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this example there are 4 laptops reserved for this service order. We need to change the quantity to 2.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:MaterialReservedOnOrder.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 1: Change the quantity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To change the quantity on the service order, go to the Materials tab and double click on the material you need to change. In the Add Items to Order window:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. Change the quantity in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quantity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field. (1 in image below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Select the line for the material (2 in image below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; button (3 in image below) – &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DO NOT CLICK DELETE ON YOUR KEYBOARD, CLICK DELETE BUTTON&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. (4 in image below)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you are using only one warehouse, SME will pick the stock. If you are using more than one warehouse, go to the next section to select stock.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailsTab_DeletingReservedMaterial.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 2: Reserve the stock back on the service order&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. On the materials tab, double click on the material to open the Add Items to Order window again.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter correct quantity.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. In the Add Items to Order window, click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Details&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Select Stock&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:DetailsTab_SelectStock.png]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Select stock from your warehouse in the Select Inventory Item window.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
6. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; in the Add Item to Order window.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5952</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5952"/>
		<updated>2015-11-04T20:36:17Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added .91&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /11/02/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.91&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Cost zeroing out when added to the order&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5947</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5947"/>
		<updated>2015-10-28T16:08:59Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added .90&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.90&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Permission to delete closed Purchase orders flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Unavailable time records now calculate scheduled hours.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Autorun tech code to calculated scheduled hours on future unavailable records. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5945</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5945"/>
		<updated>2015-10-15T15:47:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: Added .89&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.89&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/The label on allocation screen for needed count to fulfill required action&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Added/Button on allocation screen to auto revert reserved items to allocated status until count needed is met&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/Moved the prompt to close batch to AFTER the reconciliation logic has taken place, and displays the number of unreconciled records remaining that require further action.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Modified/When creating material detail for physical count use current cost/retail from inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconcile/Fixed/Spelling for &amp;#039;physical count record not found&amp;#039; message&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5944</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5944"/>
		<updated>2015-10-13T17:54:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added .87-.88&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.88&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Added Cost and Retail to the update logic for Vendor Items&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/09/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.87&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Link Service Item to Wage Item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/When Changing service item initialize the wage item&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selection button disabled on editors&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order Items tab spelling error&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5938</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5938"/>
		<updated>2015-10-08T15:35:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: .84-.86 added&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.86&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Opened Labor Cost to allow editing after invoicing. Note: the Cost can only be adjusted if the Billing status or Price Book does not link Scheduled and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /10/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.85&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Inventory Reconciliation now has a button to Accept all items in the batch. Note: You must do Import Physical Counts prior to accepting all items.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.84&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor Tech lookup was not placing selection in the Tech field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5937</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5937"/>
		<updated>2015-09-24T15:30:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5936</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5936"/>
		<updated>2015-09-24T15:29:55Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5935</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5935"/>
		<updated>2015-09-24T15:29:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: Added .81-.83&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/22/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.83&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
PO/Added/Ability to update inventory cost and retail from the DEFAULT LANDED vendor/vendor items&lt;br /&gt;
Orders/Modified/If user cannot edit invoiced orders they also cannot edit the line items in any way, if the line item has been invoiced. If user can edit invoiced orders, they can also edit the line items, unless the line items are fully invoiced, in which case, specific fields are blocked. If user has ability to edit orders they can add line items to invoiced orders.&lt;br /&gt;
System/Fixed/Lists - Service Codes were causing SME to freeze when edited&lt;br /&gt;
Vendor Items/Added/Update options after editing record&lt;br /&gt;
Inventory/Added/Prompt to update all Vendor Items if select fields have changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor Items/Added/Vendor Items can be updated when select fields on the inventory item changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Added/Action menu item to add vendor items when the vendor is a parent vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendor/Fixed/Child vendors were updating from parent based on ParentID and not the ParentUID&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Logic to clone vendor item record (if found) from the inventory default vendor for each child vendor (if found, and vendor item doesn&amp;#039;t exist for vendor&amp;#039;s default zone)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.82&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Allow editing of selected fields when the order is fully invoiced.&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Update landed cost from PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Added/MSRP field&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /09/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.81&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search now excludes Voided orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax mode was backwards. Using U.S. taxes in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5917</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5917"/>
		<updated>2015-09-01T16:22:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: add .74-.80&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.80&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Reconciliation/Fixed/Sort on Item Name was not sorting&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.79&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Work Group filtering when editing a labor entry with only the work group selected&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error when deleting a customer&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Class check now checking in PO module&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Total Cost not updating based on quantity&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.78&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Errors converting when item records have null values from historical data&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Recon/Converting imported records to a batch&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modification/Use name instead of user name for sales person import&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Set is active if user does not have a tech ID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.77&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Labor/Fixed/Error creating  new labor in Canadian version&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/14/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.76&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /08/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.75&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory Snapshot/Modified/Rewrote logic used to generate the inventory snapshot due to issues when there are 1m records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: /07/31/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.74&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when adding a new record and there was a default service item assigned&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Modified/Clone logic now includes optional settings for cloning Customers/Vendors/Inventory/Service Items/Employees&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoicing/Fixed/Bug with refunds screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Automated_Email_Installation&amp;diff=5909</id>
		<title>Automated Email Installation</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Automated_Email_Installation&amp;diff=5909"/>
		<updated>2015-08-04T15:29:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added exclusive access note&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SME Automatic Outbound Email Event&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The purpose of this add on program is to automatically notified Techs and Customers of creation/closing&lt;br /&gt;
and scheduling of Service Tickets or Issues within SME. This bundled with the SME ability to handle&lt;br /&gt;
incoming mail can create a powerful tool for capturing and issuing emails automatically without SME&lt;br /&gt;
being open, or user interaction.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
* SME version 7.1 or later&lt;br /&gt;
* SME Web services setup on IIS for incoming mail. SME does not capture emails directly.&lt;br /&gt;
* SME Field Scheduler for setup of Incoming and Outgoing Mail&lt;br /&gt;
* Admin account in SME must have a valid and working SMTP outgoing email, see [[Email Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
* Exclusive Access is Required - All Users Must Be Out of SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Not covered in this add on&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* Sending Tickets to customer automatically&lt;br /&gt;
* Email campaigns&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SME Field Scheduler Install Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
The Field Scheduler is used to choose the setting of both incoming and outgoing mail. The interface as shown below displays the options that available. A description of what each event being selected is provided below the event header.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:FieldSchedulerInstall.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. If C:\Users\Public\High5software is not the default directory, then you must click on the browse button to navigate to location of SME5.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Once you have found the directory you should be able to select your company in the select company drop down.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. In the Email Add-On section, you can choose which events you wish to enable.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Once you are done you click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install Field Scheduler&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Close the application when it completed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Inbound Account Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
Server part of Mail services is hosted by high 5 Software. Login requirements for your inbound accounts&lt;br /&gt;
will be required to set up the capturing portion.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Outbound Account Setup ==&lt;br /&gt;
The automatic outbound email utilizes the settings found under the Administrator.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Modifying outbound looks and information Emails ==&lt;br /&gt;
It is possible to modify the outbound emails look and information. If you are interested please notify high5 software.&lt;br /&gt;
The automatic outgoing email templates have a few basic rules that, when followed, make it pretty easy to work with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You need to have a Subject and a Summary field  - these translate to Email Subject and Email Body in the sent email.&lt;br /&gt;
-Seen in code as &amp;quot;as Subject&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;as Summary&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You are pulling from service/Install &amp;quot;a&amp;quot;, and customer contact &amp;quot;b&amp;quot; as your available database fields to work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If it&amp;#039;s a non-text field (Such as ordernumber, which is a number), you must use:&lt;br /&gt;
cast([field] as varchar(max))&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Wrap all fields in isnull([field],&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) so as not to break the report on null database values.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Otherwise, you&amp;#039;re just writing the email text and adding some simple HTML for formatting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; = new line.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Sample Template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;[&amp;#039; + cast(a.OrderNumber as varchar(max)) + &amp;#039;] for : &amp;#039; + a.CustName  as Subject,&lt;br /&gt;
isnull(a.CustName,&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; + isnull(a.addressblock, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;) + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; + a.Summary&amp;#039; + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; + cast(a.ordernumber as varchar(max)) + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; + &amp;#039;Services Performed:&amp;#039; +  &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; + isnull(a.ServPerf,&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) as Summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For a test order with these fields:&lt;br /&gt;
Custname: TestCust&lt;br /&gt;
OrderNumber: 200&lt;br /&gt;
Address: 3243 15th St SomeAddress, SomePlace&lt;br /&gt;
Services Performed: &amp;quot;Went to the place and did the stuff&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
Summary: Some Job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The above template would give you this layout:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email Subject: &lt;br /&gt;
[200] for : TestCust&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Email Body:&lt;br /&gt;
TestCust&lt;br /&gt;
3243 15th St SomeAddress, SomePlace&lt;br /&gt;
Some Job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
200&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Services Performed:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;Went to the place and did the stuff&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The standard outgoing email format looks like this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;[&amp;#039; + cast(a.OrderNumber as varchar(20)) + &amp;#039;] for : &amp;#039; + a.CustName  as Subject, a.CustName + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; +isnull(a.AddressBlock, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;) + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; +&amp;#039;Bemuda Elevator Service Order &amp;#039;  +  cast(a.DateTimeIn as varchar(100)) + &amp;#039;     has been &amp;#039; +isnull( a.OrderStatus,&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) + &amp;#039;.&amp;#039;  + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; + &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;Priority Level:&amp;#039;   +isnull(cast(a.Priority as varchar(20)),&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; + &amp;#039;Summary:&amp;#039; +isnull(a.Summary, &amp;#039;Summary&amp;#039;) + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; +&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;Contract type:&amp;#039;   +isnull(a.SLACategory, &amp;#039;FSMA or E&amp;amp;L&amp;#039;)+ &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; + &amp;#039;Order number : &amp;#039;+isnull(cast(a.RefNum as varchar(20)),&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) +&amp;#039;   Technician assigned: &amp;#039; + isnull(a.AssignedTo, &amp;#039;Nobody&amp;#039;) + &amp;#039;.&amp;#039;  + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; +&amp;#039;Site contact: &amp;#039; + b.Name + &amp;#039; &amp;#039; + isnull(b.Email, &amp;#039;&amp;#039;) + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; +&amp;#039;Services Requested: &amp;#039;  + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; + isnull(a.ServReq,&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)   + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; +&amp;#039;change order status on arrival &amp;amp; leaving job; + ADD A TIME TICKET WITH NOTE: &amp;#039; + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039; + isnull(a.ServPerf,&amp;#039;&amp;#039;)   + &amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;  as Summary&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;/nowiki&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5908</id>
		<title>SME 8.1 - Revision History</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_8.1_-_Revision_History&amp;diff=5908"/>
		<updated>2015-07-28T15:21:41Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: added 7/24/15 edit&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/24/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.73/8.1.4.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Search View Export/Excel export now working from all views&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Duplicating customers now working correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modification/Inventory Recondition/Added Dates to the Batch Selector and the grid. Added Closed field.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Settings/fixed : Set billable flag when record not assigned SLA category, or SLA category set to no charge&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Notes/Send &amp;#039;What I Did&amp;#039; on notes&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Timesheets/If timesheet doesn&amp;#039;t have payroll item, then user order/proposal task, THEN user default&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 07/01/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.72&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Move Tax logic back to the executable due to SQL issues merging the data&lt;br /&gt;
*Utilities/Fixed/Running inventory recreate details&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Items not getting set as received when received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/30/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.71&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Not hiding commission info on totals tab&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Modified/Do not recalculate PO counts if nothing received&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/29/2015/ Version: 8.1.5.70\SQLink 8.1.5.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Vendors/Modified/Do not export if the vendor is an SME only vendor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Parent Vendor only import/export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Export only Parent Vendors if the option is set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.69&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Tax group name causing error when editing or creating new records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit labor when invoiced count equaled zero&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/19/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.68/SQLink 8.1.4.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/PO not exporting correctly when Customer name not in QB&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Selecting stock after it has been set to JIT or Allocated&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Fixed/User Setup not restricting editing when not allowed&lt;br /&gt;
*Reports/Modified/Now limiting query when opening a report to edit&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Include blank Zones in dropdowns&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Query when selecting options&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/OK button error when no record was selected&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/11/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.67 - Not released&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/06/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.66&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Could not edit text lines&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Customer was dropped when exporting a PO created from orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.65&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Next Date prompt was locked on requesting a next date when it was already set&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Set the next date from the order generation, if available, next date, or current date&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When saving line item set the next generation if the order is in edit/insert mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Show taxes on inventory &amp;amp; service items if SME is in Canadian mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Use the tax code on the items from labor/services/inventory&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Double Click on order in grid jumps to the correct order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Package items were not getting set as on PO&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/04/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.64&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Taxes/Add ability to set item tax on the items&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add the item tax when adding the item to an order regardless of any other tax setting&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Utilities/Added feature to Clone the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Editing customer equipment maintenance activities in Windows 8/server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.63&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation now has closed flag for physical count batches&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Reconciliation dates getting set on items that were loaded in the batch but not adjusted&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation - close all batches before creating a new batch&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Inventory Reconciliation history table&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Added/Ability to reconcile by individual item or by batch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 06/03/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.62&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Items not getting set as received if the items were in a package&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.61/SQLink 8.1.4.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Material editor error editing material&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer Equipment/Fixed/Error adding equipment from the Customer Equipment module&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item Editor Vendor Item search not loading&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Customer Equipment PO Status was not updating when an item was placed on a PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/PO Item tab order number filled in wrong when the PO was created from a cloned order&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Site Notes to Notes menu&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/More fixes on Stock tab/Add Stock editor&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Invoices were exporting to QB with all items as non-tax due to changes in Canadian logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/27/2015/ Version: 8.1.4.60/SQLink 8.1.4.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Taxes/When calculating taxes do not round line items only round the Total to match QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Discounts/Set up Order level discounts on line item taxes (order must have a tax group or code).&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Stock Add form was calling the incorrect form.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Taxing to depend on the line item, not the inventory item.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Flagging taxable as false on records with float values for the field type.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax details sometimes filtered out when calculating Canadian item taxes.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tax/Over rounding on tax line items.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Taxes discounts in QuickBooks Canadian only apply to items with &amp;#039;matching&amp;#039; tax codes - i.e. if you have 3 items with HST, one item with P, and the item discount has &amp;#039;HST&amp;#039; code (and is applied before taxes), SME will only apply to the three HST items.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not update contacts between SME and QB. If Checked contacts will not import/export.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Flag to not set SME prefix.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Use PO Reference Number to SQLink options.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/PO Items Not Billable to options. If set status on items will be Billable.&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Tech Code, 360, to set the merge date on all fields so all info is not synced after a QuickBooks upgrade/update&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/18/2015/ Version: 8.1.2.59 - Limited Released/SQLink 8.1.3.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Taxes - set up SME to work in Canadian versions without QB&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/12/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.17&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Don&amp;#039;t export reverse credits (auto generated in payments from invoices with negative balances)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/08/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.58/8.1.3.16&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When doing a resynch, don&amp;#039;t flag overpayments and balancing payment for export&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/When exporting invoices using summarized totals, separate the negatives from the positive amounts, and flag negative amounts as non-taxable&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Returning error &amp;#039;invoice not found&amp;#039; when invoice billing company was different than payment billing company&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Help function - given an invoice number, return all invoice IDs found in QB, and all invoice IDs found in SME for that number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 05/05/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.57/8.1.3.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Added new parameter for online payments&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/28/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.56&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Forms no longer open in Edit mode unless something is actually changing on the form&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Fixed/Error adding Prepaid hours&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Misspelling on form&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/When converting set the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag on the order task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Set the &amp;#039;Is Fixed&amp;#039; flag after calculating with the partial billable hours. This will allow the changing of Billable hours for tracking without affecting the order total&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records with the &amp;#039;Is Partial&amp;#039; flag set will not implement changes&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Error when receiving allocated items on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Modified/Will now accept a partial payment&lt;br /&gt;
*Incoming Email/Modified/Now use phone number or email to parse out which company the incoming email is to generate a ticket for&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/23/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.55/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When adding new contacts, IF there is no customer UID set on the record, set the customer UID to the order UID. &lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/Tech Code to set Customer UID to Order UID on contacts with blank customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Snapshot/Widen total fields due to issue when converting from old versions of SMP&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Added/Tech Code to update phones from contacts if the phone is on the contact but not the master table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Delete from Contacts if the Customer UID = Order UID&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/20/2015/ Version: 8.1.3.54/SQLink 8.1.3.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added Grouping to the editor grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Reconciliation/Added order number when item getting modified is on an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Postsynch/Set flags based on date and if exported &amp;#039;When possible&amp;#039; (Not possible for tech time and subcontractor)&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/GL/Fixed formatting on GL export Total Amount&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Auto Logging/Save the log to a file when records exceed 5k. (Usually only happens on an initial import)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04/17.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.53&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation set up to utilize the batch id for tracking&lt;br /&gt;
*Contacts/Modified/When canceling an order/invoice/proposal - Remove contacts added when a new customer record has been started in a module other than the customer module&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tech code to clear out all contacts without a customer UID&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Order task records were not always updating when changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Item Editor was not always applying the Force JIT option when it was set&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 04.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.52&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Modified/Reconciliation functionality testing&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.51/SQLink 8.1.3.13	&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added color for items that are on PO	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Setup/Added PO Received order status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/User Group Override Labor cost functionality	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Default Order Status for Open &amp;amp; Closed	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO Order Status setting	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Service Code default status	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/PO status logic - if set will notify user when all records are received	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fill in Service Code from customer, if blank use order	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Text not showing on drop downs due to Font Color	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Color on popup to lighter color 	/ New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.50&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Change was dropping the DB permissions and was not able to reconnect them while building&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.24.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.49&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Not released&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.19.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.48&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Copy-Paste not working in Services Requested&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor editor not updating when using Bill Status of Equal Scheduled&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Bad field name error when cloning recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Refresh added to view since dispatch was returning Record not found on some orders due to not refreshing the view&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposal/Fixed/Dot Net error when changing Billing status on task records&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when manually generating a recurring order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Removed POS customers that were created for Point of Sale app which is no longer used&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring/Modified/Option to not generate outgoing emails when orders are entered from the customer portal - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Stop allowing typing if text goes beyond the field length. Match to Customer Portal/Tech Portal&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Fonts now a system setting - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfer fixed so last line is now updated and re-editing is not necessary&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.47&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Batch info to the order, ID, Batch Date - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Create Recurring order form an invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Create a Recurring order from an order&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Recurring Order settings as customer defaults - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Added/Menu items for updating related recurring info and adding the invoice to batch print - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Now includes Batch Date in the Batch ID dropdown&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/When copying to recurring order, do not copy package breakout items.  packages change over time, so their items are not included on recurring orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Modified/Can now add packages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.46/SQLink 8.1.3.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Moved change notification from the grid to the table since drop downs were not filling in correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Invalid function error when adding a valid tech to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Date range for re-export of data&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.45/SQLink 8.1.3.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Do not prompt for re-export if nothing changed on PO when saving&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/For Canadian companies fill item tax info since items are used to set tax status&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Orders/Fixed/Error when deleting a subtotal from Order Items screen&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.44&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/F10 Search for open PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Tools&amp;gt; Advanced&amp;gt; Set default font on memo fields - New functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Fixed/Adding items to an itemized invoice causing errors&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 03.02.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.43&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/To Be emailed and To Be Printed to Details and Settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.42/8.1.3.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Views/Modified/Filters always case sensitive&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Do not export employee info from SME if Tech Time unchecked &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Resync date so user can select how far back in SME history to go &lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/All open invoices will be exported, only payments tied to invoices will be exported, only PO&amp;#039;s with received items will be exported&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.25.2015/ Version: 8.1.3.41/8.1.3.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment transaction info&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Added payment methods for online refunds&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Never allow export of refunded online payments&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Pull in tax/Non Tax if not already pulled in&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Bad field name on tax logic&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Errors when converting custom tables from older versions&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.17.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Modified/Added drop down for batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Batch ID to grid batch printing orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch Print/Added/Column customization to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Proposal/Order/Project triggers to only total if something changed&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Refund payment logic&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.39&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Fixed/Invoice drop down not filling&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Settings to maintain recurring batch order information&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.14.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.38&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Credit Card Processing/Allow editing of settings&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Batch ID&amp;#039;s/Added &amp;#039;last&amp;#039; batch run to tables&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tables/Added Is Clone if originated from a cloned record&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Order/Added/Convert as invoice and bypass order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/If the customer is inactive clear credit card info&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders-PO&amp;#039;s/Added/Do not send emails until cloning is finished &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/setting for running batches on Recurring orders, recurring invoices, scheduled services&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Auto generate recurring invoices/orders/services - New Functionality&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Added : If the user is flagged to do the batch processes, (Preferences), check to see if the system flag has been set for batch (i.e. user flagged to do periodic maintenance, recurring settings have PM setup as &amp;#039;include in batch).  If set, use the batch processing for generation.  This will be needed unless/until the site schedules jobs to do the batch processing instead.  Batches now run the generation without interrupting SME processing.&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Don&amp;#039;t generate activity unless there is a record count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.10.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.37&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Customer/Added/Customer/Store Credit Card grid&lt;br /&gt;
*Setup/Added/Setup/Company/System/Enable Pay Pro flag&lt;br /&gt;
*Invoice/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Payments/Added/Pay Online option&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Do not override Cost/Price in the item editor when selecting stock&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/If a user is Inactive turn off the Logged In Flag&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.36&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order tax handling &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.04.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.35/SQLink 8.1.2.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Break out export files by month&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Table to store Credit card info per customer&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added clear QB ID on PO tables&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Now matches existing wage item if it exists in SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 02.03.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.34&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/All exported invoices go out as &amp;#039;in&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updates/Only rebuild indexes on tables with a modified structure&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.30.2015/ Version: 8.1.2.33/SQLink 8.1.2.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to stop importing vendors from QB and only export from SME to QB&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to clear all QB UID&amp;#039;s and other imported QB info to allow SME to sync with a new QB Company file&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Only use the QB UID for searching in QB for an existing item on a re-sync&lt;br /&gt;
*PO/Fixed/Bad field name in a PO export query&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.27.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.32/SQLink 8.1.1.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Added a tech code to turn off SQLink if a customer decided to stop using QB&lt;br /&gt;
*System/DYN Export/Show QB ID flag&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Modified/Export of Partner Discounts to always be a positive number&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.21.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.31&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Data not getting set correctly if editing after closing the PO&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Fixed/Creating multiple material detail records when : the cost had changed AND the item was not serialized AND the available quantity &amp;lt; the po Item quantity (which resulted in a split condition)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.16.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.30&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Groups to the Assigned To lists for selection&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/If the Assigned To is a Work Group set all new tasks for the Work Group&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Work Group editor added email field&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group query for reporting&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Salesperson to Order Status table&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Added/Work Group logic on item editor&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Check Work Group emails for Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Added salesperson to Auto Outgoing emails&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Added/Work Group to task emails.  If work group exists and has non blank email, use that email, otherwise, use tech&amp;#039;s/vendor&amp;#039;s email&lt;br /&gt;
*Routines/Fixed/Misspelling of salesperson causing emails to stop going out&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.15.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.29&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Orders/Modified/Items can now be imported from Excel to fill purchase orders&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/No longer reports an error if license check fails&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Grid speed issues &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Set options on new databases&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Hide Web Reports Option unless Web Reports are enabled on the database&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Right Click menu item &amp;#039;Email Ticket&amp;#039; now calls same form as the orders modules&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Option to disable multi-threading on grids for Windows 8 and server 2012&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.12.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.28&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Menu item to toggle all print flags if some are set they will clear and the others will set&lt;br /&gt;
*RMA/Modified/When receiving RMA Item, if the permanent removal is not checked, always treat it as if the &amp;#039;replace item&amp;#039; were.&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Some orders were never going to 100% invoiced due to item deletion and addition after initial invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Triggers not correctly set when converting from versions prior to 8.0&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Auto Email/Custom fields that match between modules were not getting filled in on automatically generated orders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.09.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.27&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Editor on Material Detail tab was not filling information correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Conversion/Corrected auto run tech code&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.08.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.26&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Add to Company Equipment flag dropped when adding them to an order&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Message when logging into a database other than the default in multi database systems&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.07.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.25&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Further disabling of grid sorting&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Fixed/Tax formatting was three places&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.06.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.24&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Limit license check to 2 tries before defaulting to temporary status&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 01.05.2015/ Version: 8.1.1.23&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Dataset not on edit mode&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Temporary disabling of grids calling multiple table queries to fill the results&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Excel export to .xlsx extensions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Data file path for the Grid Excel export option&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.22&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Location now read when the item is selected to avoid warehouse issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Class now carries from Service Items through all modules to invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance Contract numbers now carry through in the ref# field to invoices generated from recurring invoices &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Modified/Material Editor/Changing the warehouse on an item that was using a different warehouse no longer auto transfers the stock to the newly selected location&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.21&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Dynamics data export&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Labor Editor had an infinite loop when changing billable amount. Only happened when it was not associated with a scheduled amount change&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Maintenance/Warranty Expiration/Now checks that minimum dates are set since if they are not SME could generate false records&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.17.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.20&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Auto Email/Fixed/Subject line character restrictions for special characters&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Export/Modified Dynamics export&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.16.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.19&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Update now pulls from 8.1 update FTP folders&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.15.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.18&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Issue with Contract Number on editor&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Form Code not pulling in custom tab when form code is used&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Only reduce counts if they are greater than the received count&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.17/SQLink 8.1.1.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Journal entries not displaying on entering the tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.10.2014/ Version: 8.1.1.16/SQLink 8.1.1.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/PO Account ID in Link options&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Added/Option to ignore the customer when only Billing Customers are stored in QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.08.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.15&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Export for Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.06.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.14&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Export method for text export to MS Dynamics&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.05.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.13&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/HTML text editor update to fix pasting images into SME&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Conversion when database names do not match SQL conventions&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Error log messages&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.03.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.12&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/incorrect field name in vendor items query&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Locking of data in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Reduced attempts to write locked data from 10 tries to 5 in SQL &lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Service Items/Fixed/Issue when writing Class Name on Recurring generation&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.02.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.11&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Contacts/Filter by both Site and Billing&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order/Fixed/Adding item to PO that was created from an order would fill in the order number&lt;br /&gt;
*Maintenance Contracts/Fixed/Updating maintenance contract was resetting the Recurring Invoice start date&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 12.01.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.10&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Users/Fixed/Code value updates with user name changes&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Moved more processes to tables as opposed to temp tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Grid issue when selecting multiple items from the Partial Invoice screen was causing SME to crash&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Assets moved from temp table to permanent table&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Voided orders no longer show in Dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.24.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.9&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Tech Code/Runs tech code to revert all failed order conversions&lt;br /&gt;
*SQLink/Updated/Now updated to SME 8.1&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.19.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.8&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Fields and tables for dynamic export&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Added/Logic to fill the dynamic tables&lt;br /&gt;
*Packages/Fixed/Error calculating package item totals when price is generated&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.18.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.7&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Fixed/Error scrolling records when no options are set on settings tab&lt;br /&gt;
*Orders/Fixed/Error when scrolling through combined invoices on the Service/Install tabs&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Trigger not getting re-initialized when updating&lt;br /&gt;
*Recurring Invoices/Fixed/Error when posting Recurring Invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.12.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.6&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Batch PO/Added Item Number to grid&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Orders/Made Require Service Code an option &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order/Added Allocated warning when adding orders to combined invoices&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Order handling from SME Mobile was causing occasional duplicate order UID&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error logging and record update time/out issues&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Saving records under Customer Equipment was not writing info to the new table but placing them in the old table&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.11.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.5&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Fixed/Edit function in grid stopped working&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.7.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.4&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Activities/Fixed/Alarms returning way too many records after database rebuild&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.6.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.3&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Orders/History tabs not saving settings and displaying correctly&lt;br /&gt;
*Proposals/Fixed/Fixed rates tab not calculating &lt;br /&gt;
*Inventory/Fixed/Transfers not completing the last record on multiple record transfers&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 11.4.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Zone filter to Proposal/Orders/Invoices to prevent &amp;#039;Cannot add to order when adding from Dispatch&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Add/Use Dispatch view for lookups when adding to dispatch. In some cases you may not see a refresh if you are on service and drag a proposal to dispatch&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error when adding new records. UID was initialized in the incorrect place. Causing prompts for SLA &amp;amp; Class re-initialization   &lt;br /&gt;
*System/Modified/Tech certification check only if there are labor task records&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Updated/to latest component sets on all grids/dispatch controls/reporting controls/and data controls&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Batch PO/Filters not functioning as planned&lt;br /&gt;
*System/Fixed/Error message on shutting down SME&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.31.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button to only close modified PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Added/Button for full regenerate of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Fill table now only fills required PO&amp;#039;s instead of all PO&amp;#039;s&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Grid settings to improve speed&lt;br /&gt;
*Batch PO/Modified/Only add missing records to the grid instead of completely reloading the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Date: / 10.30.2014/ Version: 8.1.0.1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Dispatch id&amp;#039;s to tech, vendor, service, install, proposal, invoice&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Uses temp table for labor,  uses view data vs query and updates ( Now the ID&amp;#039;s necessary for dispatch are on the tables)&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Tracked and fixed &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; field errors when adding labor from project&lt;br /&gt;
*Dispatch/Modified/Creates view for labor and orders&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Added button to only close GENERATED records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Added button for FULL regenerate&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Fill table now only generates REQUIRED records, vs all 5000 records&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Bulk Import/Modified/Required records defined as &amp;#039;close all records that have been generated or have a defined minimum level.&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Fixed/Grid settings to speedup process&lt;br /&gt;
*Purchase Order Batch PO/Modified/Only &amp;#039;missing&amp;#039; records are regenerated.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Importing_Inventory_Items&amp;diff=5775</id>
		<title>Importing Inventory Items</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Importing_Inventory_Items&amp;diff=5775"/>
		<updated>2015-03-02T16:43:58Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: Added taxgroupname forCanadian imports&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;Before importing, make sure you read [[Before Importing - About UID]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: This guide is for importing your inventory item list.  If you want to import inventory stock levels see [[Import Stock]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 1: Prepare the inventory item import file&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Open Excel and create columns for the inventory items based off image below.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:InventoryImportTemplate.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; = Item Name &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;If you are syncing the items to QuickBooks, the character limit for this field is 30. If not syncing to QB, the limit is 40&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;**&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Number&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; = Item Number&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Description&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; = Item Description&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Cost&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; = Cost&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Retail1&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; = Price&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;AddToCustEQ&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; = If TRUE then box is checked, if FALSE not checked&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;IsActive&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; = If TRUE then box is checked, if FALSE not checked&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DefaultLocation&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; = Default Location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DefaultLocationUID&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; = UID Associated with the location&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Serialized&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; = If TRUE then box is checked, if FALSE not checked&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;QBExport&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; = Recommend 0 or False.  If TRUE then&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Export to QB&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; box is checked and the item will sync to QB, if FALSE not checked&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;QBInventory&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - OPTIONAL.  If TRUE then &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;As Inventory Item&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; will be checked and will go to QB as inventory item, if FALSE not checked and go to QB as non-inventory item&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;TaxGroupName&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; - OPTIONAL CANADA ONLY.  Usually either GST or HST&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Paste the inventory item name, number, description, cost &amp;amp; retail1 in the corresponding columns.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Choose if you want the items to be added to customer equipment by default, make it serialized, and exported to quickbooks. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Put TRUE in IsActive column&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. You will usually enter the default location as default. If you are using a different default location for the items, enter it there with the corresponding UID.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. Save the excel file to your desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 2: Add additional columns to import file if needed&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;You may want to import in additional information for your inventory items such as default vendor, system type or group code. Below are some common columns you may want to add. You will need to export the UID out of SME to import into a drop down or associate the inventory item with another record, like vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:AdditionalInventoryColumns.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; Below is an example of part of an import file including the SMPSystem, ItemGroup, and Vendor along with their UID.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:FilledOutInventoryImportFile.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 3: Import a test&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;As always when importing, import first a small sample of your whole spreadsheet including the column headers. Check your import before importing the whole spreadsheet.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Copy the first few rows of your spreadsheet including the column header and paste into a new spreadsheet. Save to your desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Utilities&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Utilities&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Import Data&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Run It.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The Data Import window opens&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. In the&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Source Filename&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field, browse for your test import file you saved in step1. (when browsing for your file, make sure you are search “All Files”)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. In the&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Destination table&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; drop down, select Inventory&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. You will see a preview of your spreadsheet in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;7. You will be asked if you want to backup your data. You should be regularly backing up your data, so usually people click No to skip the backup. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;8. When the import is complete you can close the Data Import window and look in the Inventory module for the items you imported. Check all of the fields to make sure it imported fine.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Step 4: Import the rest of spreadsheet&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;If your test import worked fine, then you can import the rest of the inventory items. It is a good idea to break up your items into spreadsheets with around 1000 items. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Delete the items off your spreadsheet that you imported in your testing. If you don’t delete them, they will be imported again.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Save your spreadsheet to your desktop.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Utilities&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Utilities&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Import Data&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Run It&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. The Data Import window opens&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. In the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Source Filename&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field, browse for your import file. (when browsing for your file, make sure you are search “All Files”)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. In the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Destination table&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; drop down, select Inventory&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. You will see a preview of your spreadsheet in the grid&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;7. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Start&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;8. You will be asked if you want to backup your data. You should be regularly backing up your data, so usually people click No to skip the backup.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;9. When the import is complete you can close the Data Import window and look in the Inventory module for the items you imported.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SQLink_-_Module_Sync&amp;diff=5601</id>
		<title>SQLink - Module Sync</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SQLink_-_Module_Sync&amp;diff=5601"/>
		<updated>2014-12-10T16:30:04Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Module Synchronization:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Definitions:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#   QB: QuickBooks . ® by Intuit®&lt;br /&gt;
#   SME: Service Management Professional (version 5) by High5 Software™&lt;br /&gt;
#   SQLink: SME to QB synchronization program by High5 Software™&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SQLink supports a manual module synchronization through the Data Functions menu item. You can Import QB data into SME or you can Export specific module items from SME to QB.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;QuickBooks data to SME:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Go to File&amp;gt; Data Functions&lt;br /&gt;
*    To Import QuickBooks Data:&lt;br /&gt;
*    [[File:sync4(2).jpg]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1)   Import QuickBooks .  Data: This will import QB data into SME. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;a.   Note: if a common record such as Customer is modified in both SME and QB, this function will override the common data in SME with the QB data. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;b.   This imports all items from QB as mentioned above in the initial synchronization. Only changed items will synchronize so the sync process will be much faster than the initial sync.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; The preferred method of sync is listed in the automatic, or SQLink Full Sync Full Sync pages, synchronization because errors can occur. For example if you try to export an Invoice from SME, but a new customer has not been exported yet, SQLink will return an error from QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1)   Export New QuickBooks .  Data: This will export from SME to QB. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;a.  &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; If a common record such as Customer is modified in both SME and QB, this function will override the common data in QB with the SME data. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;b.   Selections:&lt;br /&gt;
i.    Export Customers onl&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;ii.    Export Vendors only&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;iii.    Export Techs as Employee&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;iv.    Export Inventory&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;v.    Export Invoices&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;vi.    Export Payments&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;vii.    Export All of the above items&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;viii. [[File:sync5(1).jpg]]  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note: When performing a manual sync you must sync in the order listed on the invoice. For example; you must export a customer before you can export an invoice for that customer.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=5592</id>
		<title>Common SQLink Errors</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=Common_SQLink_Errors&amp;diff=5592"/>
		<updated>2014-12-03T17:56:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: /* There is no disk in the drive.  Please insert a disk into drive E. */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== Best Practices for addressing SQLink Errors ==&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors as they occur.&lt;br /&gt;
* Fix errors in the sequence illustrated in the image below starting with Customer errors and ending with Proposal errors.&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:FixSequence.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 702 ==&lt;br /&gt;
702 - 702: The query request has not been fully completed. There was a required element (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot;) that could not be found in QuickBooks. The element (########-#########) is the QB term for an item; Customer, Vendor, Employee, Inventory, Service, Account, etc...&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The string - (&amp;quot;800005BC-1267498278&amp;quot; - is the QB ID for an item in QB) - means that the item, a customer, invoice, account, service, etc... used to be in QB but it now has a new QB ID or has otherwise been modified in QB. Modifications can include setting the item as inactive, deleting or merging it with another item, etc... To resolve look at all items related to the error and make sure they exist in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s a customer, make sure the customer is active.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an invoice it should re-export creating a new QB ID.&lt;br /&gt;
* - If it&amp;#039;s an inventory/service item review them on the invoice and make sure they are all QB items.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Check SQLink defaults and make sure all accounts on the default tabs in SQLink are present and active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
* - Open SQLink&amp;gt; File&amp;gt; Setup&amp;gt; check all tabs and make sure the listed items are active in QB.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 805 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 805: The name &amp;quot; XYZ Company &amp;quot; of the list element is already in use&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that the name - &amp;quot;XYZ Company&amp;quot; - is already in QB on a list. User needs to locate it in QB and add something to the name. QB convention is (V) if on the vendor list, (E), if on the employee list, etc...  If it&amp;#039;s already on the customer list add (SME) and merge it in QB with the original.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 ==&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding XYZ Company - 899: The string &amp;quot;ST. FRANCIS OF ASSISI CATH. CHURCH - VIDEO&amp;quot; in the field &amp;quot;Addr1&amp;quot; is too long.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Need to shorten the address to less than 40 characters. There are tools available online to help you count characters such as http://www.lettercount.com/&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 899 -  You cannot pay more than the amount due==&lt;br /&gt;
899: The &amp;quot;AppliedToTxnAdd payment amount&amp;quot; field has an invalid value &amp;quot;3353.98&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: You cannot pay more than the amount due.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error occurs when QuickBooks cannot mark an invoice as paid because the invoice balance and the applied amount are in conflict.&lt;br /&gt;
They payment cannot be applied to the QuickBooks invoice because it has already been paid.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 808 ==&lt;br /&gt;
SQLink Error 808: Error adding  Customer XYZ 808: There is an invalid reference to a parent &amp;quot;80000004-1207320348&amp;quot; in the Customers list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
QuickBooks error message: To change parent or type when the element or its descendants has been used in a transaction, you must switch to single-user mode. &amp;lt;- QuickBooks must be in single user mode.&lt;br /&gt;
This error happens when the billing address is changed on a site customer record in SME. I do not recommend making these changes in SME. This specifically happens when you click the &amp;#039;Select Billing Company&amp;#039; button or uncheck the &amp;#039;Is Billable Flag&amp;#039; on the Billing Address and select a new parent/billing customer. Since QuickBooks has special limitations on moving customers between Parent/Billing companies it is always best to do this in QuickBooks. There are two issue that QuickBooks raises:&lt;br /&gt;
-       QB must be in Single User mode to make the change&lt;br /&gt;
-       If the change cannot be done due to QB rules you will be warned&lt;br /&gt;
There are a couple of ways to move customers in QB. One is available from the following video link and one is by dragging the customer to a new parent.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Link to the Video:[[Move QB Customers to Job Sites]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The other is to place the cursor over the customer and drag it to the new parent. If there are payments, etc.. you will not be able to move the customer. This will also return an error in SQLink since if QB cannot move it then SQLink cannot move it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These issues are why I recommend &amp;#039;only&amp;#039; reassigning  customers in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come up on Invoices as: Invoice ######## skipped - Billing Link ID not initialized. The usual cause is either the site/job or the Billing customer has been set to inactive.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 810 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
810: There was an error when saving a Invoice.  QuickBooks error message: The transaction is empty.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this case the invoice was a combined invoice and the order on the invoice was removed or deleted. Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can also come up as &amp;#039;The transaction must be positive&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Can also come up as &amp;#039;Invoice ##### skipped - voided invoices cannot be exported&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
Go to invoice in SME and either uncheck &amp;quot;export to QB&amp;quot; or delete invoice.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This error can also come under PO as: 810: There was an error when saving a Bill.  QuickBooks error message: This transaction action is not allowed for this user. - Probable causes are the user running SQLink does not have permission to modify bills in QuickBooks or the closing date has been set and a QB Admin would need to modify the restriction to export the PO/Bill. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Customer – but can be other types of records as well)  810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot;Customer Name&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This list has been modified by another user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request Processor ==&lt;br /&gt;
851 : Unable to find the QuickBooks Request PRrocessor on your system. Please make sure that QuickBooks 2002 Pro or higher is installed on your system&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Download and run the installer from the following link. &lt;br /&gt;
QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 201 ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding  201: Required field CustomerName not specified.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error 201 can pertain to any Customer, Vendor, Inventory, Service Item, etc.. record where the Name field is blank.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To correct:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Go to the module referenced, Customer in the case above&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Do Search All and click on the Name field&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       You will see a blank record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Select the record&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-       Check if the record should be tied to a specific customer. If the record has no information you can safely set it as inactive and delete it.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink Error 819 - Error adding XYZ – The object may not be changed==&lt;br /&gt;
This is part of the – ‘Unknown error’ returned from QB – seems sometimes it returns an error # and others it does not. &lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          If switched to Single user – they may get - XYZ Company – Unknown error returned from QuickBooks… this means QB cannot move the child to a new parent due to history on the child company like payments, invoices, etc.. – (See below)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Additional info to above… can also be reported as Error 819&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          Error adding XYZ 819 – (The object may not be changed). Error adding XYZ  819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;800009F6-1300911661&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: Unknown Error. The Customer List Element is the QuickBooks UID for the customer you have flagged to move in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;-          To Resolve: Review QuickBooks for the XYZ company and reset the SME companies to match what they were before the ‘Is Billable’ flag was lifted or the Billing/Parent Company was changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Duplicate Customer ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you see the following error in SQLink, there is a duplicate customer in SME.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer : XYZ is skipped due to duplication&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can follow the following steps to resolve the error or watch the video below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;5EC0ZdD3I7I&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Find which customer record is the duplicate&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Search Active Customers&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;New View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the Grid Column Window, check the following fields: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name, BillName, Address 1, Address 2, City, St, CustID, ParentID, QBExport. Click OK.&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
#    Arrange the columns the way you want in the search view window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Type a name for the view and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    In the search view window, sort by &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Name&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the customer name SQLink said is a duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow the row to the CustID column. If the column is empty, that is your duplicate customer record. Double click to open the duplicate.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click your cursor in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Company&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field to edit the customer name. Type (&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;DUP&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;) after the customer name. This makes it unique and easy to identify when reassigning orders and invoices for the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now that you found which customer is the duplicate record, check to see if there is any activity for customer you need to reassign&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoices&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab.&lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is an invoice on this tab, double click on it. SME will jump to the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Rollback Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go back to the duplicate customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer Activity&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to check to see if there is a service order assocaited with the &amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot; customer. &lt;br /&gt;
#    If there is a serivce order, double click on it. SME will jump to the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click [[File:Magnify.jpg]] to search for the correct customer. In the search window, select the correct customer record, not the &amp;quot;(DUP)&amp;quot; record.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Save the service order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Actions&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Generate Invoice&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to re-invoice the order.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Follow steps 1-9 for install orders and invoices for the install orders.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Now the activity associated with the duplicate customer are assigned to the correct customer, delete the duplicate customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;quot;DUP&amp;quot;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; customer.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Delete&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to delete the customer record.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Customer Link ID not initialized ==&lt;br /&gt;
If you receive the following SQLink error, you were trying to sync an invoice to QuickBooks that didn&amp;#039;t have a valid customer in QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Invoice #XXX skipped - Customer link ID not initialized&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is usually caused by duplicate customer records in SME. Click here to watch a video on how to resolve the duplicate customer on an invoice and sync the invoice properly. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;videoflash&amp;gt;5EC0ZdD3I7I&amp;lt;/videoflash&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;In the video, when the service order was re-invoiced, we let SME assign a new invoice number. If you need to retain the original invoice number, instead of clicking Action&amp;gt; Generate Invoice on the order, follow these steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Write down the order number that needs to be re-invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
*    Go to the correct customer record (not the DUP customer).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click Actions&amp;gt; New Combined Invoice. SME will jump to the new invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
*    On the Details and Settings tab, locate the Invoice # field. Click [[File:browse.jpg]] to enter the invoice number you want to use. (If you don’t see this icon, you need to add the permission to initialize numbers to your user group settings)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InvoiceNumberField.jpg]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*    Select the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Service Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Install Orders&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab to select the order you need to invoice (the invoice number you wrote down in the first step above).&lt;br /&gt;
*    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error Connecting to QuickBooks ==&lt;br /&gt;
When syncing SME to QuickBooks, if you receive the message &amp;quot;Error Connecting to QuickBooks&amp;quot;, you are logging into QuickBooks with a path that is different than that refereced by SQLink. This typically happens if you open QuickBooks on a client and try to sync when the initial sync was established on the server.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To run SQLink on client machines, you will need to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    From the client computer, browse to the sme5 executable folder and locate the SQLink Documentation folder.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Run the QBFC7_0Installer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Also, SQLink and QuickBooks must reference the same path to access the QuickBooks company file. to check this:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
#    Open QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Press &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;F2&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; to open the Product Information window.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File Information&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; section and make note of the path in the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Launch SQLink.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Link Setup&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
#    Locate the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Quick Books Company File&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; field.  The path in this field must be the same as the path noted in QuickBooks (step 3 above).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== List Element Error ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When running SQLink with QuickBooks the following message is returned in the SQLink Log:&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding (Item Name*) 819: There was an error when modifying a (can be any type of name) list, element** &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
* An item in QB can be a customer name, vendor name, inventory item, etc…&lt;br /&gt;
** Element “#######-#########” is the QuickBooks unique identifier&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Basically either the ‘Name’ or the ‘Element’ is on a list in QuickBooks and therefore the item that SME is exporting will be rejected by QuickBooks.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For example:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Both ListID and the Name are unique keys in QuickBooks. And you modified a customer which prompts to export that Customer with the ListID that matches an existing ListID in QB and the Item Name from another record or the Item Name matches, a more likely scenario, and the ListID is different.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This produces the &amp;quot;Cannot merge list elements&amp;quot; error message back from QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Customer - CustID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Invoice - InvoiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Vendor - VendorID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Inventory - InventoryID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Service Item - ServiceID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- Employee - EmployeeID&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Usually for all SME modules there will be an item/column with &amp;lt;name&amp;gt;ID which holds the QB list UID.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To include the QuickBooks ID number in the search window:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
1. In the search window, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Views&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Add remove fields&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. In the window that opens, check the QuickBooks ID field for that module (list above)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Save View&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. Name the field and Click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For more information about search views, go to [[Search Window]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Example Error:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Bill10506 &lt;br /&gt;
807: Object &amp;quot;80000016-308248122&amp;quot; specified in the request cannot be found.  QuickBooks error message: Invalid argument.  The specified record does not exist in the list.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Solution:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The numbers “80000016-308248122” are referring to an inventory item that QB says no longer exists in QB. It may be inactive, deleted, or related to the inactive parent. You can research it as noted above and shown below in the screenshot. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:InventoryID_SearchView.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;To resolve this issue:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1.    Examine the SQLink log: Look at the error:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Error adding Customer A 819: There was an error when modifying a Customers list, element &amp;quot;3170000-1189020798&amp;quot;. QuickBooks error message: Cannot merge list elements.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2.    In QuickBooks, locate and edit the name of the vendor/customer:&lt;br /&gt;
*        Choose &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Customer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;: &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Job List&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Vendor&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; List, or &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Lists&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;gt; &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Item List, etc&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;… as needs may require.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Locate and double-click the name noted in the SQLink Log.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Place a 1 at the end of the name and click OK. Leave QuickBooks and this list open.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3.    In SQLink do &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Data Functions&amp;gt; Export New QuickBooks Data&amp;gt; (List Item)&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;. In this case it will be Customers. There should be no error for the specific record and it will export to QuickBooks and sit right next to the QuickBooks Record.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4.    In QuickBooks, merge the edited name with the name that has been created by the SQLink:&lt;br /&gt;
*        In the open list in QuickBooks, double-click the name to which you added a 1.&lt;br /&gt;
*        Remove the 1 from the name and click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;OK&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*        When asked if you would like to merge the names, click &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Yes&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5.       Do this for all items that have the issue from the SME log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error - QBFC Not Found ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:QBFC_Not_Found.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The QBFC program is local to the logged on user. Download and run the installer from the following link.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QBFC 11.0: http://high5software.com/downloads/QB/QBFC11_0Installer.exe&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== SQLink stops processing in the middle of a sync ==&lt;br /&gt;
If SQLink stops processing in the middle of your sync, you can look at the log file and find out what item is holding up the sync or if there is an error connecting to QuickBooks.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Right click on your SQLink shortcut and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;open file location&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2. Double click on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Log&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; folder&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3. Sort by modified date and locate the file modified last, it will probably be a sqlink file.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
4. Right click, not double click, on the file and select &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Edit&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
5. Scroll to the bottom of the file and you will see the item that is holding up the sync. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==QB Invoice number has changed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Processing 10 of 110 Invoices (Ref #405-I)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;QB Invoice number has changed : QB = 405-I SMP = 405&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice numbers in SME are numeric only. Invoice numbers in QuickBooks are strings so they can have numbers and letters. When the invoice from QB syncs to SME, the letters will be taken out of the invoice number in SME. Your invoice number in QB isn&amp;#039;t changed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Error adding customer XYZ 810: There was an error when saving a customers list, element ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Error adding Custer XYZ   810: There was an error when saving a Customers list, element &amp;quot; Custer XYZ&amp;quot;.  QuickBooks error message: This customer already has job information. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To add a new job, the customer&amp;#039;s current job information must be moved into its own job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding (X) Invoices&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) invoices (#12345)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Invoice #12345 skipped - Customer is inactive&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Retrieve the Invoice and get the customer name. Check the name in both SME and QuickBooks and set the customer as active to export an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export ==&lt;br /&gt;
Adding Purchase Orders to QuickBooks&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Processing 1 of (X) Purchase Orders&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;Purchase Order 12345 skipped - no received items to export&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;The ‘Export To QuickBooks’ flag is set when there are no received items to export. There are two flags, QB Bill Export and QB PO Export. Uncheck the flag as it will get set if items are received on the PO.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Payment not distributed ==&lt;br /&gt;
Payment not distributed means that there is no invoice associated with the payment. For a payment to export from SME to QB it has to have an invoice attached. I would do the following:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1) Delete the payment from the Payments module&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
2) Go to Receivables &amp;gt; Invoicing and go to the invoice&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
3) Go to the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Payments&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; tab and enter the payment&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That way you are assured that it is attached to an invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have the invoice in QB you can also apply the payment in QB and it will sync back to SME and close the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== There is no disk in the drive.  Please insert a disk into drive E. ==&lt;br /&gt;
This happens when USB devises are removed without first ejecting the media. This can happen either from USB or DVD/CD devises. You may also need to put a readable DVD or CD in your removable drives. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;A quick way to stop the error from popping up is to quickly click the &amp;quot;Save to file&amp;quot; button in lower right corner. You can click &amp;quot;Cancel&amp;quot; on the window that opens.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; [[File:SQLink_SaveToFile.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Prevent the error from happening in the future:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. First look at the removable USB devises icon next to the system clock.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:RemovableDisc.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. When you put the mouse over the icon you’ll see the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:SafelyRemove.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click on the icon and you will see all USB related devises&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;    [[File:EjectFlash.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Remove all drive related entries that are not currently plugged in. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Place a disk in all DVD/CD drives. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. This should clear up the issue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;More info on the topic:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;http://ccrqblog.ccrsoftware.info/2010/02/stopping-the-windows-no-disk-error/ &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;For more dire cases do the following:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;1. Right click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;My Computer&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;2. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Manage&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;3. Click on &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Device Manager&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;4. Click the &amp;quot;+&amp;quot; on the &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Disk Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;5. Count how many &amp;quot;Drives&amp;quot; that your computer is currently using.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;6. When the Error message pops up then count how many &amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Drives&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; it&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Note:&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039; On some computers you will see duplicate entries in your device manager. You will need to Disable the duplicates.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:DuplicateDiscs.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== QuickBooks warning 550 ==&lt;br /&gt;
999: Unrecognized QuickBooks warning: 550: The Customers object was saved successfully, but its corresponding Notes record could not be saved.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;This is a warning / bug from QuickBooks which High5 can&amp;#039;t do anything about. The record should be updated with the sync, but to stop getting the error you must go to the record in QuickBooks and enter any character in the Notes.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==SQLink Error 511 - QBRequestID has been used previously for another request ==&lt;br /&gt;
This message is from QuickBooks. Usually closing and reopening QB will clear the message and reset the request processor. We&amp;#039;ve noticed that the QB ID generator sometimes gets stuck, and when it does, this is the outcome. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;[[File:Error511_QBRequestID.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;To resolve, close QuickBooks and reopen. This should reset the QuickBooks ID generation&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=FTP_Error_Reports&amp;diff=5548</id>
		<title>FTP Error Reports</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=FTP_Error_Reports&amp;diff=5548"/>
		<updated>2014-10-22T22:41:54Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== FTP Error Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
When getting errors on custom report entries you can FTP the Error reports to us.&lt;br /&gt;
*1. Click Help on top SME toolbar&lt;br /&gt;
*2. Click Tech Support Utilities&lt;br /&gt;
*3. Enter Update Code&lt;br /&gt;
*4. Enter 988 in next window to zip the reports and FTP them to High5 for review.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=FTP_Error_Reports&amp;diff=5547</id>
		<title>FTP Error Reports</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=FTP_Error_Reports&amp;diff=5547"/>
		<updated>2014-10-22T22:41:36Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: Added page&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== FTP Error Reports ==&lt;br /&gt;
When getting errors on custom report entries you can FTP the Error reports to us.&lt;br /&gt;
1. Click Help on top SME toolbar&lt;br /&gt;
2. Click Tech Support Utilities&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter Update Code&lt;br /&gt;
4. Enter 988 in next window to zip the reports and FTP them to High5 for review.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_Administration_Guides&amp;diff=5546</id>
		<title>SME Administration Guides</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.high5software.com//mediawiki/index.php?title=SME_Administration_Guides&amp;diff=5546"/>
		<updated>2014-10-22T22:36:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;CraigL: Added link to FTP Error Reports&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Installing SME&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Installing SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Making a connection to your SME database]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Setting up a client computer to run SME]] (Preferred method)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Setting Up SME Client Users]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Local installation of the SME executable]] (Not the preferred method)&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Set up of initial company data connection]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME on Remote Desktop or RDP]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Hosted Server]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Updating SME&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Updating SME 7.2]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Exclusive Access]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Updating SME]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Upgrading - SME 7.1 to 7.2]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Upgrading - SME 7.0 to 7.1]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Upgrading - SME 6.3 - 7.0]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Backing up SME&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Backups Best Practices]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Backing up your SME database using MS SQL Management Studio]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Installing Add On Products for SME&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME Web Services Installation Guide]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Barcode for SME Installation Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Tech Service for Android on SME Installation Instructions]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Automated Email Installation]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Web Services Update]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME POS Setup]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;SME Hosted/ Remote&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Remote Desktop Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;Importing into SME&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Before Importing - About UID]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Importing Customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Importing Contacts for Customers]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Importing Inventory Items]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Importing Leads]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Importing contacts into Constant Contact]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Utilities]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;FAQ for Administrators&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SQLink Client Setup]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FAQ - Connection Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Drop down fields not working]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Licensing Issues]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Out of Seats when you are not out]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Regional Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Steps to create a new user profile]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SKA Error 4 message when opening SME]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Live Spelling - Reset Dictionary]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[End of Year Utilities]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Email Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Recreating Inventory Detail Utility]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[SME and SQL Express]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Named Piped Provider: Could not open a connection to SQL Server]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[Location Settings]]&lt;br /&gt;
* [[FTP Error Reports]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>CraigL</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>